IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE
BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIII NUMBER 5 September
6, 2000 Pages 385 to 484
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 400 to 483 include ARC 0086B to ARC
0097B, ARC 0099B and ARC 0101B to ARC 0125B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND
STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice, Dairy trade practices, rescind
ch 23 ARC
0110B 400
Notice, Emergency ground pile storage
space; polyethylene
bag storage space,
90.31, 90.32 ARC 0107B 400
Filed, Chronic wasting disease, 64.104 to
64.120 ARC
0111B 459
Filed, Livestock movement—definitions and
permits,
66.1 ARC 0109B 459
Filed Emergency, Emergency ground pile storage
space;
polyethylene bag storage space,
90.31, 90.32 ARC 0108B 449
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 388
Publication procedures 389
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 389
Agency identification numbers 398
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 387
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Filed, Newton correctional facility, ch 28
ARC
0112B 460
Filed, Fort Dodge correctional facility, ch 29
ARC
0113B 461
Filed Emergency, Safety training, 37.6(5)
ARC
0114B 450
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice, Certified school to career program,
amendments to
ch 11 ARC 0120B 400
Notice and Notice Terminated, Accelerated
career education
program, ch 20 ARC 0121B 401
Notice, Brownfield redevelopment program,
53.8(3), ch 65
ARC 0123B 402
Notice, Community attraction and tourism
development
program, amendments to
ch 211 ARC 0119B 402
Notice, Vision Iowa program; vision Iowa
board: uniform
waiver and variance rules,
chs 212, 213 ARC 0118B 407
Filed Emergency, Accelerated career education
program, ch
20 ARC 0122B 451
Filed Emergency, Brownfield redevelopment
program, 53.8(3),
ch 65 ARC 0124B 455
Filed Without Notice, Reorganization of
chapters, chs 62 to
211 ARC 0125B 462
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Rehabilitative treatment and supportive
services
for children in out–of–home placement,
182.2(1), ch 185, division
II, preamble,
ARC 0086B 413
Filed, Medicaid—pregnant women and infants,
75.1(28)
ARC 0087B 463
Filed, Medicaid policy, 78.31, 78.45, 79.1,
81.1, 81.6,
81.13(9) ARC 0088B 463
Filed, Crediting of current and delinquent
support, 95.1,
95.3 ARC 0089B 469
Filed, Income guidelines and fees for child
care services,
130.3(1), 130.4(3), 170.4(7)
ARC 0090B 470
Filed, Adoption, independent living, home studies,
and
shelter care providers, 150.3(5), 150.22(7)
ARC 0091B 472
Filed, Foster family and adoptive homes,
156.6(1) ARC
0092B 473
Filed, Iowa senior living trust fund; nursing
facility
conversion and long–term care services
development grants, chs 161,
162
ARC 0093B 474
Filed, Pregnancy prevention programs, 163.1,
163.3(1),
163.4(2), 163.5(3) ARC 0094B 475
Filed, RTSS provider rates, 185.112(1)
ARC
0095B 476
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice of public hearings 414
Filed, Contraceptive coverage, 35.39, 71.14(6),
71.24,
75.10(4), 75.18 ARC 0097B 476
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Fishing—method of take, 81.2(11)
ARC
0104B 414
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
(Cont’d)
Filed, Wildlife refuges—Spring Run,
Henderson,
McCausland, 52.1(2) ARC 0101B 478
Filed, Unprotected nongame, rescind 76.1(2)
ARC
0099B 478
Filed Emergency After Notice, Waterfowl
and coot hunting
seasons, 91.1, 91.3, 91.4(2),
91.5(1), 91.6 ARC 0103B 457
Filed, Nonresident deer hunting, 94.8
ARC
0102B 478
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Mortuary science
examiners—continuing
education, discipline, licensing, fees,
student
practicums, 101.3(1), 101.4 to 101.11, 101.98,
101.100 to 101.107,
101.200, 101.212 to
101.215, 101.300, ch 102 ARC 0116B 415
Notice, Social work examiners—continuing
education,
grounds for discipline, examination
process, master’s level criteria,
280.1, 280.2(2),
280.3, 280.4, 280.100 to 280.106, 280.212,
280.213, ch
281 ARC 0115B 419
Filed, Hearing aid dealers, 120.1(5), 120.6 to
120.14,
120.212, ch 121 ARC 0117B 478
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 390
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, Waivers; fair information practices;
greyhound
racing; gambling games;
accounting and cash control, 1.8, 3.3(7);
adopt
chs 7, 11, 12; rescind chs 22, 24, 26
ARC 0106B 423
Filed, Occupational and vendor licensing;
simulcasting;
jockey mount fee schedule,
4.7, ch 6, 8.1, 8.2(3), 8.4, 8.5,
10.4(2);
rescind chs 12, 13 ARC 0105B 482
USURY
Notice 448
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Filed, Transportation expense—use of a private
auto,
8.1 ARC 0096B 483
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2001 $264.00 plus
$15.84 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,210.31 plus $72.62 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $425.61 plus
$25.54 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2001)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2000
|
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
|
Dec. 24 ’99
|
Jan. 12 ’00
|
Feb. 1 ’00
|
Feb. 16 ’00
|
Feb. 18 ’00
|
Mar. 8 ’00
|
Apr. 12 ’00
|
July 10 ’00
|
|
Jan. 7
|
Jan. 26
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 26
|
July 24
|
|
Jan. 21
|
Feb. 9
|
Feb. 29
|
Mar. 15
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
May 10
|
Aug. 7
|
|
Feb. 4
|
Feb. 23
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 29
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 24
|
Aug. 21
|
|
Feb. 18
|
Mar. 8
|
Mar. 28
|
Apr. 12
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
June 7
|
Sept. 4
|
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 26
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 21
|
Sept. 18
|
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
Apr. 25
|
May 10
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
July 5
|
Oct. 2
|
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 9
|
May 24
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 19
|
Oct. 16
|
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
May 23
|
June 7
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
Aug. 2
|
Oct. 30
|
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 6
|
June 21
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 16
|
Nov. 13
|
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
June 20
|
July 5
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 30
|
Nov. 27
|
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 4
|
July 19
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Sept. 13
|
Dec. 11
|
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
July 18
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 27
|
Dec. 25
|
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 16
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Oct. 11
|
Jan. 8 ’01
|
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 25
|
Jan. 22 ’01
|
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Aug. 29
|
Sept. 13
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Nov. 8
|
Feb. 5 ’01
|
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 27
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 22
|
Feb. 19 ’01
|
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Sept. 26
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Dec. 6
|
Mar. 5 ’01
|
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 25
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 20
|
Mar. 19 ’01
|
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Oct. 24
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Apr. 2 ’01
|
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 22
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Apr. 16 ’01
|
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Nov. 21
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Apr. 30 ’01
|
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 20
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
May 14 ’01
|
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Dec. 19
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
May 28 ’01
|
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 2 ’01
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Jan. 19 ’01
|
Feb. 7 ’01
|
Mar. 14 ’01
|
June 11 ’01
|
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 16 ’01
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Feb. 2 ’01
|
Feb. 21 ’01
|
Mar. 28 ’01
|
June 25 ’01
|
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 13 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
Mar. 2 ’01
|
Mar. 21 ’01
|
Apr. 25 ’01
|
July 23 ’01
|
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
|
7
|
Friday, September 15, 2000
|
October 4, 2000
|
|
8
|
Friday, September 29, 2000
|
October 18, 2000
|
|
9
|
Friday, October 13, 2000
|
November 1, 2000
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5” High Density (not Double Density) IBM
PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each
diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for
exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the
Administrative Code Division, 1st Floor, Lucas State Office Building or included
with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative Rules
Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
1999 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 1999)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 1999 through
December 1999)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through December
1999)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
|
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
|
Certified school to career program, 11.2, 11.3 IAB
9/6/00 ARC 0120B
|
Main Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 26, 2000 2 p.m.
|
|
Accelerated career education program, ch 20 IAB 9/6/00
ARC 0121B (See also ARC 0122B
herein)
|
Workforce Development Conference Room—First
Floor 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 26, 2000 3 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Community economic betterment program; brownfield
redevelopment program, 53.8(3), ch 65 IAB 9/6/00 ARC
0123B (See also ARC 0124B
herein)
|
Business Finance Conference Room First Floor 200 E.
Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 26, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Community attraction and tourism development
program, amendments to ch 211 IAB 9/6/00 ARC 0119B (ICN
Network)
AND
Vision Iowa program; Vision Iowa board: uniform waiver and
variance rules, chs 212, 213 IAB 9/6/00 ARC 0118B (ICN
Network)
|
EDITOR’S NOTE: IDED will hold hearings regarding
ARC 0118B and ARC 0119B at the ICN sites as
scheduled below.
|
|
Main Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Room 210 Scott Community College 500 Belmont
Rd. Bettendorf, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Great River AEA 1200 University Burlington,
Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Room 144 DMACC Carroll Campus 906 Grant Rd. Carroll,
Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Room 32A Kirkwood Farm Kirkwood Community
College Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261] (ICN
Network) (Cont’d)
|
|
|
Room 16 Graphic Arts Technology Center 1951
Manufacturing Dr. Clinton, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Educational Services Ctr. Admin. 12 Scott St. Council
Bluffs, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Room 107, Technology Center Southwestern Community
College 1501 W. Townline Rd. Creston, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Lakeland AEA Hwy. 18 and Second St. Cylinder,
Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Room 204, Library Bldg. Arrowhead AEA 330 Avenue
M Fort Dodge, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Hudson High School 245 S. Washington Hudson,
Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Carpentry Room Western Iowa Technical Community
College 801 E. Second Ida Grove, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Turkey Valley High School 3219 State Hwy. 24 Jackson
Junction, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Room 2102 Iowa Valley Community College 3405 S. Center
St. Marshalltown, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Newman Catholic High School 2445 19th Street SW Mason
City, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Southern Prairie AEA 2814 N. Court St. Ottumwa,
Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
Room 128 Sibley–Ocheyedan High School 120 11th
Avenue NE Sibley, Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 to 9 p.m.
|
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261] (ICN
Network) (Cont’d)
|
|
|
Main Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 210 Scott Community College 500 Belmont
Rd. Bettendorf, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room A169 Carroll High School 2809 N. Grant
Rd. Carroll, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 203B, Linn Hall Kirkwood Community College 6301
Kirkwood Blvd. NW Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Looft Hall Iowa Western Community College 2700 College
Rd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 107, Technology Center Southwestern Community
College 1501 W. Townline Rd. Creston, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Decorah High School 100 E. Claiborne Dr. Decorah,
Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Keystone AEA 2310 Chaney Rd. Dubuque, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room E–1 Estherville High School 1520 Central
Ave. Estherville, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 12 Fort Dodge High School 819 N. 25th St. Fort
Dodge, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 527, Continuing Education Ctr. Iowa Valley Community
College 3702 S. Center St. Marshalltown, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 129, Careers Building NIACC 500 College
Dr. Mason City, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261] (ICN
Network) (Cont’d)
|
|
|
Video Conferencing and Training Ctr. Indian Hills Community
College 651 Indian Hills Dr. Ottumwa, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 410, Building D Northwest Iowa Community
College 603 W. Park St. Sheldon, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Ed May Center Shenandoah High School 1000 Mustang
Dr. Shenandoah, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
North High School 4200 Cheyenne Sioux City,
Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 110, Tama Hall Hawkeye Community College 1501 E.
Orange Rd. Waterloo, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Ag. Room 331 Southeastern Community College 1015 S. Gear
Ave. West Burlington, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 10 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
|
Administrative endorsements— elementary and secondary
school principals, 14.23 IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9923A
|
Conference Room 3 North Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 1 p.m.
|
|
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
|
|
|
Certified school to career program, 48.2 to 48.4 IAB
8/23/00 ARC 0085B
|
State Board Room—Second Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Supplementary weighting; at–risk and alternative school
programs, 97.1 to 97.3 IAB 8/23/00 ARC 0080B
|
State Board Room—Second Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 3 p.m.
|
|
Vision Iowa school infrastructure program, ch 100 IAB
8/23/00 ARC 0076B (ICN Network)
|
Keystone AEA 1 1400 2nd St. NW Elkader, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
NIACC – 3 500 College Dr. Mason City,
Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Emmetsburg High School 2nd and King St. Emmetsburg,
Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281] (ICN Network)
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
Northwest Iowa Community College 603 W. Park
St. Sheldon, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Fort Dodge High School 819 N. 25th St. Fort Dodge,
Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
AEA 6 909 S. 12th St. Marshalltown, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Schindler 130A University of Northern Iowa –
2 Hudson Rd. and 23rd St. Cedar Falls, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Scott Community College – 1 500 Belmont
Rd. Bettendorf, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Kirkwood Community College – 2 6301 Kirkwood Blvd.
NW Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Heartland AEA 11 6500 Corporate Dr. Johnston,
Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
ICN Room—Second Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
East High School 5011 Mayhew Ave. Sioux City,
Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Iowa Western Community College – 2 2700 College
Rd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Green Valley AEA 14 1405 N. Lincoln Creston,
Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Indian Hills Community College – 3 651 Indian Hills
Dr. Ottumwa, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
Southeastern Community College – 2 1015 S. Gear
Ave. West Burlington, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 12 noon
|
|
State Board Room—Second Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 2 p.m.
|
|
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
|
|
|
Accounting practices and procedures manual; annual
statement instructions, 5.15 IAB 8/23/00 ARC 0073B
|
330 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
|
|
|
Low–income housing tax credits—compliance
manual, 12.3, 12.4 IAB 8/23/00 ARC 0062B
|
Conference Room Suite 250 100 E. Grand Ave. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
September 14, 2000 9 a.m.
|
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
|
Physician eligibility to supervise a physician
assistant, ch 21 IAB 8/23/00 ARC 0064B
|
Suite C 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 14, 2000 3 p.m.
|
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
|
Fishing—method of take, 81.2(11) IAB 9/6/00
ARC 0104B
|
Dorothy Pecaut Nature Center Stone State Park Sioux
City, Iowa
|
September 26, 2000 7 p.m.
|
|
Teamster Union Hall 5000 J St. SW Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 7 p.m.
|
|
Room 100, Bennet Training Center Indian Hills Community
College Ottumwa, Iowa
|
September 28, 2000 7 p.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 29, 2000 1 p.m.
|
|
NURSING BOARD[655]
|
|
|
Nurse licensure compact, 2.3(2), 2.6(2), 3.1, 3.2, 3.5,
3.6(1), 6.1, 6.5(5), 7.1, ch 16 IAB 6/28/00 ARC
9917A (See also ARC 9915A)
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 7, 2000 5 p.m.
|
|
Identification badge, 6.2(5), 6.3(9) IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9962A
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 5:30 p.m.
|
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
|
Waivers or variances from administrative rules, ch
18 IAB 8/9/00 ARC 0043B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 1 to 3 p.m.
|
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
Barber examiners, 20.12, 20.101 to 20.105, 20.107 to
20.113, 20.200, 20.212, 20.214, ch 23 IAB 8/23/00 ARC 0069B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 1:30 to 3:30 p.m.
|
|
Dietetic examiners, 80.1, 80.8, 80.100 to 80.108, 80.214,
80.220, ch 81 IAB 8/23/00 ARC 0079B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
|
Mortuary science examiners, 101.3 to 101.11, 101.98,
101.100 to 101.109, 101.200, 101.212 to 101.215, 101.300, ch 102 IAB 9/6/00
ARC 0116B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 9, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
|
Social work examiners, 280.1 to 280.4, 280.100 to 280.106,
280.212, 280.213, ch 281 IAB 9/6/00 ARC 0115B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 26, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
|
|
|
Fees for fire inspection; renewal of registration for
aboveground petroleum storage tanks, 5.5, 5.307 IAB 7/26/00 ARC
9990A (See also ARC 9989A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 9:45 a.m.
|
|
Residential occupancies; bed and breakfast inns, 5.800 to
5.810, 5.820 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9970A
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 9:30 a.m.
|
|
Sex offender registry, 8.303(2), 8.304(1) IAB 7/26/00
ARC 9986A (See also ARC 9988A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 11 a.m.
|
|
Elevators in new apartment buildings, 16.705(3) IAB
7/26/00 ARC 9987A
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Fire service training bureau, ch 53 IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9964A (See also ARC 9968A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Firefighter certification, ch 54 IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9965A (See also ARC 9969A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10:15 a.m.
|
|
Volunteer emergency services provider death benefits, ch
59 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9966A (See also ARC
9967A)
|
Conference Room—3rd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10:30 a.m.
|
|
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
|
Waivers; fair information practices; greyhound racing;
gambling games; accounting and cash control, 1.8, 3.3(7); adopt chs 7, 11,
12; rescind chs 22, 24, 26 IAB 9/6/00 ARC 0106B
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 26, 2000 9 a.m.
|
|
REAL ESTATE APPRAISER EXAMINING BOARD[193F]
|
|
|
Registration fees for certified general and certified
residential appraisers, 10.1 IAB 8/23/00 ARC 0066B
|
Conference Room Second Floor 1918 SE Hulsizer
Ankeny, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 9 a.m.
|
|
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
|
|
|
Self–generation, 15.1, 15.11(5) IAB 8/23/00
ARC 0071B
|
Board Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
September 27, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Disconnection and reconnection, 19.4(15), 20.4(15) IAB
8/23/00 ARC 0072B (See also ARC 9717A, IAB
3/8/00)
|
Board Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
October 5, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
|
|
|
New Iowan centers, ch 14 IAB 8/23/00 ARC
0056B (See also ARC 0057B)
|
Room 104 150 Des Moines St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 12, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 0110B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 159.5(11), the
Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship gives Notice of Intended Action
to rescind Chapter 23, “Dairy Trade Practices,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of this rule making is to eliminate a chapter of
the Department’s administrative rules that is no longer necessary. The
2000 General Assembly enacted 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2328, that repeals Iowa
Code chapter 192A. Chapter 192A established the Department’s dairy trade
practices program. As a result of the repeal of the program, there is no need
for the Department’s rules intended to implement the program.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment prior to 4:30 p.m. on September 26, 2000. Such
written material should be directed to Mary Jane Olney, Administrative Division
Director, Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, Wallace State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments may also be submitted by fax to
(515)281–4282 or by E–mail to:
Mary.Jane.Olney@idals.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
159.5(11) and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2328.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind and reserve 21—Chapter 23.
ARC 0107B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11) and
203C.5, the Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship hereby gives Notice
of Intended Action to amend Chapter 90, “State Licensed Warehouses and
Warehouse Operators,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed rules allow warehouse operators to store corn
in polyethylene bags or in a ground pile to accommodate the large corn
harvests.
Current storage facilities are frequently inadequate to
provide for the storage of corn, especially in a year in which a large harvest
is anticipated. Therefore, temporary storage space is required. These proposed
rules allow the Department to approve and license temporary storage space under
certain conditions.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed rules on or before 4:30 p.m. on September 26, 2000. Such
written materials should be directed to Donna Gwinn, Bureau Chief, Grain
WarehouseBureau, Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, Wallace State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by fax to (515)281–6800, or by
E–mail to: Donna.Gwinn@ idals.state.ia.us.
No waiver provision is included in these proposed rules
because an existing rule allows for waivers in appropriate cases. The waiver
rule also applies to the new rules proposed in this filing.
These rules are being simultaneously Adopted and Filed
Emergency and are published herein as ARC 0108B. The content of
that submission is incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
203C.2, 203C.7, 203C.8, 203C.12, 203C.16, and 203C.18.
ARC 0120B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 11, “Certified School to Career
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments allow changes in program guidelines
and program administration procedures and eliminate the role of the Department
of Economic Development from joint program approval responsibilities (in
conjunction with the Department of Education). In addition, the amendments
modify the definition of “participant” and clarify the eligible paid
employment periods.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on September 26, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Michael Brown, Community and Rural
Development Workforce Manager, Department of Economic Development, 200 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242–4783.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on September 26, 2000, at 2 p.m. at the above address in
the IDED Main Conference Room.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15.362 and 15.363 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2179, and Iowa Code
Supplement section 15.364 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2179.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend the parenthetical
implementation in rules 261—11.1(77GA,ch1225) through
261—11.4(77GA, ch1225) by striking “(77GA,ch1225)” and
inserting “(15)”.
ITEM 2. Amend the definitions of
“certified school to career program” and “participant”
in rule 261—11.2(15) as follows:
“Certified school to career program” or
“certified program” means a sequenced and articulated secondary and
postsecondary program registered as an apprenticeship program under 29 CFR
Subtitle A, Part 29, which is conducted pursuant to an agreement as provided in
1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225, section 18 Iowa Code
Supplement section 15.364 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2179, or
a an individual program of study developed jointly by
a sec–ondary school, postsecondary institution, and an employer
approved by the state board of education, in conjunction with the
department of economic development, as meeting that meets the
standards enumerated in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225, section
17 Iowa Code section 15.363 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2179, that integrates a secondary school curriculum with private sector job
training which places students in job internships, which is designed to continue
into postsecondary education that will result in new skills, add value to the
wage–earning potential of participants and increase their long–term
employability in the state, and which is conducted pursuant to an agreement as
provided in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225, section 18 Iowa
Code Supplement section 15.364 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2179.
“Participant” means an individual between the ages
of 16 and 24 who is enrolled in a public or private secondary school or
postsecondary institution and who initiated participation in a certified school
to career program as part of secondary school education no
later than the start of the student’s senior year of high
school.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 11.3(3) as
follows:
11.3(3) Designation of a career field. A
description of the career field in which the participant is to be trained and
the beginning date and duration of the training and employment shall be
included. The corresponding program of study that the participant plans to
enter at the eligible postsecondary institution or through the registered
apprenticeship program provider must also be designated.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 11.3(5) as follows:
11.3(5) Employer’s agreement to pay a base wage.
The employer shall agree to provide paid employment, at a base wage, for the
participant during the summer months after the participant’s
junior and senior years in high school and after the participant’s first
year of postsecondary education beginning no earlier than the
participant’s junior year in high school and ending no later than the fall
after the participant’s second year of postsecondary
education.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 11.3(8) as
follows:
11.3(8) Additional amount to be held in an
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) fund to pay for postsecondary
tuition. ERISA is described in Title 19 of the United States Code, Chapter
18. Additional amount to be held in trust for postsecondary
tuition.
a. and b. No change.
c. This additional amount shall be held in trust by the
employer for the benefit of the participant. Payment into an
ERISA–approved fund for the benefit of the participant shall satisfy this
requirement. ERISA is described in Title 19 of the United States Code,
Chapter 18. The specific fund shall be specified in the
agreement.
d. Payment of postsecondary tuition expenses from the
ERISA trust fund established through this program shall
be made directly to the postsecondary institution or registered apprenticeship
program provider unless otherwise designated in the certified program
agreement.
e. The certified program work site agreement shall specify any
tax implications that the participant may encounter as a result of the
accumulation of ERISA funds.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 11.3(10) by
adopting new paragraph “g” as
follows:
g. If the participant is unable to complete the two–year
employment obligation because the employer did not afford the participant a
two–year employment opportunity, the participant shall not be required to
repay to the employer the amount paid by the employer toward the
participant’s postsecondary education expenses.
ITEM 7. Amend 261—Chapter
11, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1225, sections 15 to 21 Iowa Code sections 15.362 and 15.363
as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2179, and Iowa Code Supplement section
15.364 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2179.
ARC 0121B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Termination
and
Notice of
Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby terminates the Notice
of Intended Action published as ARC 0035B in the August 9, 2000, Iowa
Administrative Bulletin and hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind
Chapter 20, “Accelerated Career Education Program,” and adopt a new
Chapter 20, “Accelerated Career Education Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed new rules implement the Accelerated Career
Education (ACE) Program as authorized by Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2453. The rules establish guidelines, application procedures, and evaluation
criteria for the capital costs and program job credits components of the ACE
program.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 5 p.m. on September 26, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Mike Fastenau, Business Finance,
Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309; telephone (515)242–4831.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed rules
will be held on September 26, 2000, from 3 to 4:30 p.m. at the above address in
the Workforce Development Conference Room on the first floor.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 0122B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2453.
ARC 0123B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 53, “Community Economic Betterment Program,”
and adopt a new Chapter 65, “Brownfield Redevelopment Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed chapter implements a new program authorized by
2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2423. The rules describe the purpose of the
Brownfield Redevelopment Program, eligibility requirements, evaluation criteria,
and the application process. The amendment to the CEBA program adds a rating
criterion for remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on September 26, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting: Sharon Timmins, Division of Business
Development, Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515) 242–4901.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed new
chapter will be held on September 26, 2000, at 1:30 p.m. at the above address in
the Business Finance Conference Room on the first floor.
These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 0124B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by this reference.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
House File 2423.
ARC 0119B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 211, “Recreation, Environment, Art and
Cultural Heritage Initiative (REACH)—Community Attraction and Tourism
Development Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Vision Iowa Board approved the proposed amendments on
August 9, 2000, and forwarded the amendments to the Iowa Department of Economic
Development (IDED) to initiate rule making as provided in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2447, section 4.
Chapter 65 has been renumbered as Chapter 211 in ARC
0125B published herein (page 462). The proposed amendments to Chapter 211
update the current rules to incorporate the requirements of 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2447. References to the Department are replaced with “Vision
Iowa Board,” citations are updated, and new evaluation criteria are
added.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on Friday, September 29, 2000. Interested persons may
submit written or oral comments by contacting Susan Judkins, Vision Iowa Program
Coordinator, Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309;
telephone (515)242–4780.
Two public hearings have been scheduled over the Iowa
Communications Network (ICN) to receive comments about the proposed
amendments:
(1) Wednesday, September 27, 2000, 7 to 9 p.m., Main
Conference Room, Second Floor, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. ICN remote locations that are scheduled to be
connected for this hearing are:
Scott Community College
Room 210
500 Belmont Road
Bettendorf
Great River AEA
1200 University
Burlington
DMACC Carroll Campus
Room 144
906 Grant Road
Carroll
Kirkwood Community College
Kirkwood Farm, Room 32A
Cedar Rapids
Graphic Arts Technology Center
Room 16
1951 Manufacturing Drive
Clinton
Educational Services Center Admin.
12 Scott Street
Council Bluffs
Southwestern Community College Technology Center
Room 107
1501 W. Townline Road
Creston
Lakeland AEA
Highway 18 and 2nd Street
Cylinder
Arrowhead AEA
Library Building, Room 204
330 Avenue M
Fort Dodge
Hudson High School
245 S. Washington
Hudson
Western Iowa Technical Community College
Carpentry Room
801 East 2nd
Ida Grove
Turkey Valley High School
3219 State Highway 24
Jackson Junction
Iowa Valley Community College
Room 2102
3405 S. Center Street
Marshalltown
Newman Catholic High School
2445 19th Street SW
Mason City
Southern Prairie AEA
2814 N. Court Street
Ottumwa
Sibley–Ocheyedan High School
Room 128
120 11th Avenue N.E.
Sibley
(2) Friday, September 29, 2000, 10 a.m. to 12 noon, Main
Conference Room, Second Floor, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. ICN remote locations that are scheduled to be
connected for this hearing are:
Scott Community College
Room 210
500 Belmont Road
Bettendorf
Carroll High School
Room A169
2809 N. Grant Road
Carroll
Kirkwood Community College
Linn Hall, Room 203B
6301 Kirkwood Blvd. N.W.
Cedar Rapids
Iowa Western Community College
Looft Hall
2700 College Road
Council Bluffs
Southwestern Community College
Technology Center, Room 107
1501 W. Townline Road
Creston
Decorah High School
100 East Claiborne Drive
Decorah
Keystone AEA
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque
Estherville High School
Room E–1
1520 Central Avenue
Estherville
Fort Dodge High School
Room 12
819 N. 25th Street
Fort Dodge
Iowa Valley Community College
Continuing Education Center, Room 527
3702 S. Center Street
Marshalltown
North Iowa Area Community College
Careers Building, Room 129
500 College Drive
Mason City
Indian Hills Community College
Video Conferencing and Training Center
651 Indian Hills Drive
Ottumwa
Northwest Iowa Community College
Building D, Room 410
603 W. Park Street
Sheldon
Shenandoah High School
Ed May Center
1000 Mustang Drive
Shenandoah
North High School
4200 Cheyenne
Sioux City
Hawkeye Community College
Tama Hall, Room 110
1501 E. Orange Road
Waterloo
Southeastern Community College
Ag Room 331
1015 South Gear Avenue
West Burlington
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2447.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 261—Chapter
211, title, as follows:
CHAPTER 211
RECREATION, ENVIRONMENT, ART AND
CULTURAL HERITAGE INITIATIVE (REACH)— COMMUNITY ATTRACTION AND
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
ITEM 2. Amend the parenthetical
implementationin rules 261—211.1(78GA,HF772) through 261—
211.11(78GA,HF772) by striking “(78GA,HF272)” and inserting
“(78GA,SF2447)”.
ITEM 3. Amend
261—211.1(78GA,SF2447) as follows:
261—211.1(78GA,SF2447) Purpose. The community
attraction and tourism development program, a component of the
recreation, environment, art and cultural heritage initiative (REACH),
is designed to assist communities in the development and creation of
multiple–purpose attraction and tourism facilities.
ITEM 4. Amend
261—211.2(78GA,SF2447) as follows:
261—211.2(78GA,SF2447) Definitions. When used
in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:
“Activity” means one or more specific
activities or proj–ects assisted with community attraction and tourism
development funds.
“Attraction” means a permanently located
recreational, cultural, or entertainment activity, or event
that is available to the general public.
“Board” means the vision Iowa board established
by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, section 2.
“Community” or “political subdivision”
means a city or county, or an entity established pursuant to Iowa Code chapter
28E.
“Community attraction and tourism program review
committee” or “CAT review committee” means the committee
established by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, section 9, and identified as
the following members of the vision Iowa board: the three members of the
general public, one from each of the three tourism regions; the mayor of a city
with a population of less than 20,000; and the county supervisor from a county
that has a population ranking in the bottom 33 counties according to the 1990
census. The chair and vice chair of the vision Iowa board may serve as
ex–officio members of any subcommittee of the board.
“Department” or “IDED” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“Economic development organization” means an
entity organized to position a community to take advantage of economic
development opportunities and strengthen a community’s competitiveness as
a place to work and live.
“Float loan” or “interim
financing” means a short–term loan (maximum of 30 months) from
obligated but unexpended funds.
“Fund” means the community attraction and tourism
fund established pursuant to 1999 Iowa Acts, House File 772, section
3(2) 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, section 7(1).
“Loan” means an award of assistance with the
requirement that the award be repaid with term, interest rate, and other
conditions specified as part of the award. A deferred loan is one for which the
payment of principal, interest, or both, is not required for some specified
period. A forgivable loan is one for which repayment is eliminated in part or
entirely if the borrower satisfies specified conditions.
“Local support” means endorsement by local
individuals or entities and organizations that have a
substantial interest in a project, particularly by those whose
opposition or indifference would hinder the activity’s
success.
“Nonfinancial support” may include, but is not
limited to, the value of labor and services which may not total more than 25
percent of a local match. Real property and personal property donated for
purposes of the project are considered financial support at their fair market
value.
“Private organization” means a corporation,
partnership, or other organization that is operated for profit.
“Program” means the community attraction and
tourism program established in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, section
7(1).
“Public organization” means a
not–for–profit economic development organization or other
not–for–profit organization that sponsors or
supports including those that sponsor or support community or
tourism attractions and activities.
“Recipient” means the entity under contract with
IDED the vision Iowa board to receive community
attraction and tourism development funds and undertake the funded
activity.
“Recreational and cultural attraction” means an
attraction that enhances the quality of life in the community.
“School district” means a school corporation
organized under Iowa Code chapter 274.
“Subrecipient” means a private organization or
other entity operating under an agreement or contract with a recipient to carry
out a funded community attraction and tourism development activity.
“Tourism opportunity” means a facility that
draws people into the community from at least 50 miles (one way) away from
home.
“Vertical infrastructure” means land acquisition
and construction, major renovation and major repair of buildings, all
appurtenant structures, utilities, site development, and recreational trails.
“Vertical infrastructure” does not include routine, recurring
maintenance or operational expenses or leasing of a building, appurtenant
structure, or utility without a lease–purchase agreement.
ITEM 5. Amend
261—211.3(78GA,SF2447) as follows:
261—211.3(78GA,SF2447) Program components
and eligibility requirements. There are
three two direct components to the community attraction
and tourism development program. The first component relates to community
attraction, tourism or leisure activities projects that
are sponsored by political subdivisions, and public
organizations, and school districts in cooperation with a city or county.
This component is referred to as the community attraction component.
The second component relates to the encouragement and creation of
public–private partnerships for exploring the development of new community
tourism and attraction activ–ities. This component is referred to as the
project development component. A third The second component
provides community attraction and tourism development funds for interim
financing for eligible projects under the community attraction component. This
component is referred to as the interim financing component.
211.3(1) Community attraction component. The
objective of the community attraction component is to provide financial
assistance for community–sponsored attraction and tourism
activities projects. Community attraction projects may
include but are not limited to the following: museums, theme parks, cultural
and recreational centers, heritage attractions, sports arenas and other
attractions.
211.3(2) Project development
component. The department, at it discretion, may also provide funding for
project development related to proposed activities under this program. Project
development assistance could be for the purpose of assisting in departmental
evaluation of proposals, or could be one of the proposed activities in a funding
request whose further project development could reasonably be expected to lead
to an eligible community attraction and tourism development activity.
Feasibility studies are eligible for assistance under this
component.
211.3(3) 211.3(2) Interim
financing component.
a. The objective of the community attraction and tourism
development interim financing component is to provide short–term financial
assistance for eligible community attraction and tourism
activities projects. Financial assistance may be
provided as a float loan. A float loan may only be made for
activities projects that can provide the
department vision Iowa board with an irrevocable letter
of credit or equivalent security instrument from a lending institution rated AA
or better, assignable to IDED in an amount equal to or greater
than the principal amount of the loan.
b. Applications for float loans shall be processed, reviewed
and considered on a first–come, first–served basis to the extent
funds are available. Applications that are incomplete or require additional
information, investigation or extended negotiation may lose funding priority.
Applications for float loans shall meet all other criteria required for the
community attraction component.
ITEM 6. Amend
261—211.4(78GA,SF2447) as follows:
261—211.4(78GA,SF2447) Allocation of
funds.
211.4(1) Except as otherwise noted in this rule, all
community attraction and tourism development funds shall be awarded for
activities projects as specified in rule
211.3(78GA,SF2447).
211.4(2) IDED may retain a
portion of community attraction and tourism development funds for administrative
costs associated with program implementation and operation. The percent of
funds retained for administrative costs shall not exceed 1 percent in any
year.
211.4(3) For the fiscal year
beginning July 1, 1999, $400,000 is allocated from the fund to be used to
provide grants to up to three political subdivisions, in an amount not to exceed
$200,000 per grant. The purpose of the three grants is to study the feasibility
and viability of developing and creating a multiple–purpose attraction and
tourism facility.
211.4(2) One–third of the moneys shall
be allocated to provide assistance to cities and counties which meet the
following criteria:
a. A city which has a population of 10,000 or less
according to the most recently published census.
b. A county which has a population that ranks in the bottom
33 counties according to the most recently published census.
211.4(3) Two–thirds of the moneys
shall be allocated to provide assistance to any city and county in the state,
which may include a city or county included under subrule
211.4(2).
211.4(4) If two or more cities or counties
submit a joint project application for financial assistance under the program,
all joint applicants must meet the criteria of subrule 211.4(2) in order to
receive any moneys allocated under that subrule.
211.4(5) If any portion of the allocated
moneys under subrule 211.4(2) has not been awarded by April 1 of the fiscal year
for which the allocation is made, the portion which has not been awarded may be
utilized by the vision Iowa board to provide financial assistance under the
program to any city or county in the state.
ITEM 7. Amend
261—211.5(78GA,SF2447), introductory paragraph, as follows:
261—211.5(78GA,SF2447) Eligible applicants.
Eligible applicants for community attraction and tourism development funds
include political subdivisions, and public
organizations, and school districts in cooperation with a city or
county.
ITEM 8. Amend
261—211.6(78GA,SF2447) as follows:
261—211.6(78GA,SF2447) Eligible
activities projects and forms of
assistance—all components.
211.6(1) Eligible activities
projects include those which are related to a community or tourism
attraction, and which would position a community to take advantage of economic
development opportunities in tourism and strengthen a community’s
competitiveness as a place to work and live. Eligible
activities projects include building construction or
reconstruction, rehabilitation, conversion, acquisition, demolition for the
purpose of clearing lots for development, site improvement, equipment purchases,
and other activities proj–ects as may be deemed
appropriate by IDED the vision Iowa board.
211.6(2) Eligible forms of assistance include
grants,interest–bearing loans, non–interest–bearing loans,
float loans under the interim financing component, interest subsidies, deferred
payment loans, forgivable loans, loan guarantees, or other forms of assistance
as may be approved by IDED the vision Iowa
board.
211.6(3) Financial assistance for an eligible
activity project may be provided in the form of a
multiyear award to be paid in increments over a period of years, subject to the
availability of funds.
211.6(4) IDED, with the approval of the chair or
vice chair of the vision Iowa board, reserves the right to negotiate
the terms of an award make technical corrections that are within the
intent of the terms of a board–approved award.
211.6(5) Recipients Applicants
may use community attraction and tourism funds in conjunction with other
sources of funding must report other sources of funding or pending
funding, public or private, for the project including the local recreation
infrastructure grants program administered by the department of natural
resources and the Iowa historic site preservation program administered by the
department of cultural affairs. IDED may consult with appropriate staff from
the department of cultural affairs and the department of natural resources to
coordinate the review of applications under the programs.
ITEM 9. Amend subrules 211.7(1) and
211.7(3) as follows:
211.7(1) The department
vision Iowa board shall not approve an application for assistance under
this program to refinance an existing loan.
211.7(3) The department
vision Iowa board shall not approve an application for assistance in
which community attraction and tourism development funding would constitute more
than 50 percent of the total project costs. A portion of the resources provided
by the applicant for project costs may be in the form of in–kind or
noncash nonfinancial contributions.
ITEM 10. Amend
261—211.8(78GA,SF2447) as follows:
261—211.8(78GA,SF2447) Threshold application
requirements. To be considered for funding under the community attraction
and tourism development program, an application must meet the following
threshold requirements:
211.8(1) There must be demonstrated local support for
the proposed activity.
211.8(2) A need for community attraction and tourism
development program funds must exist after other financial resources have been
identified for the proposed activity project.
211.8(3) Some portion of the The
proposed activity project must primarily
involve the creation or renovation of vertical infrastructure with
demonstrated substantial regional or statewide economic impact.
211.8(4) The project must provide and pay at
least 50 percent of the cost of a standard medical insurance plan for all
full–time employees working at the project after the completion of the
project for which financial assistance was received.
ITEM 11. Amend
261—211.9(78GA,SF2447) as follows:
261—211.9(78GA,SF2447) Application review
criteria. Applications meeting the threshold requirements of rule
211.8(78GA,SF2447) will be reviewed by IDED staff and passed on to the vision
Iowa board. IDED staff shall provide a review, analysis and evaluation
of the applications to the CAT review committee of the vision Iowa board. The
CAT review committee shall evaluate and rank applications based on the
following criteria:
211.9(1) Feasibility (0–25 points). The
feasibility of the existing or proposed facility to remain a viable enterprise
(0–25 points). Rating factors for this criterion
include, but are not limited to, the following: initial capitalization, project
budget, financial projections, marketing analysis, marketing plan, management
team, and operational plan. In order to be eligible for funding, proposals must
score at least 15 points on this rating factor.
211.9(2) Economic impact (0–25 points). Number
of jobs created and other measure measures of economic
impact including long–term tax generation. The evaluation of the economic
impact of a proposed activity shall also include a review of the wages,
benefits, including health benefits, safety, and other attributes of the
activity project that would improve the quality of
attraction and tourism employment in the community. Additionally, the economic
impact of an activity may the project shall also be
reviewed based on the degree to which the activity
project enhances the quality of life in a community
and; increases the recreational and cultural attraction and
tourism opportunities; contributes to the community’s efforts to
retain and attract a skilled workforce; and creatively uses existing
resources in the community. In order to be eligible for funding, proposals
must score at least 15 points on this rating factor.
211.9(3) Leveraged activity (0–10
points). The degree to which the facility or project will stimulate
the development of other community attraction and tourism
activities recreational and cultural attractions or tourism
opportunities and enhance economic growth and job opportunities
(0–25 points). In order to be eligible for funding,
proposals must score at least 15 6 points on this rating
factor.
211.9(4) Geographic
diversity. The extent to which facilities are located in different regions of
the state (0–10 points).
211.9(5) 211.9(4)
Local match Matching funds (0–25 points).
The proportion of local nonstate match to be contributed
to the project, and the extent of public and private participation
(0–15 points).
211.9(5) Planning principles
(0–10 points). The extent to which the project has taken the
following planning principles into consideration:
a. Efficient and effective use of land resources and
existing infrastructure by encouraging development in areas with existing
infrastructure or capacity to avoid costly duplication of services and costly
use of land.
b. Provision for a variety of transportation choices,
including pedestrian traffic.
c. Maintenance of unique sense of place by respecting local
cultural, historical and natural environmental features.
d. Conservation of open space and farmland and preservation
of critical environmental areas.
e. Promotion of the safety, livability, and revitalization
of existing urban and rural communities.
211.9(6) Technology and values (0–5
points). Whether the project has taken the following into
consideration:
a. Extent to which the project encourages technologies that
allow for long–distance learning and Internet access to facility resources
so that all Iowa communities may benefit from the development.
b. Extent to which the project enhances education, wellness
(health), and breadth of the project to attract Iowans of all
ages.
c. Extent to which facilities are nonsmoking.
A minimum score of 65 points is needed for a project to be
recommended for funding.
ITEM 12. Amend
261—211.10(78GA,SF2447), intro–ductory paragraph, as
follows:
261—211.10(78GA,SF2447) Application procedure.
Subject to availability of funds, applications are reviewed and
rated by IDED staff on an ongoing basis and reviewed at least
quarterly by the board. Applications will be reviewed by staff for
completeness and eligibility. If additional information is required, the
applicant shall be provided with notice, in writing, to submit additional
information. The IDED staff may refer applications to the project
development component, subject to the availability of funds.
Recommendations A review, analysis and evaluation from the IDED
staff will be submitted to the director of the department
the CAT review committee of the board who will then make a final recommendation
to the complete board for final approval, denial or deferral. The vision
Iowa board has the option to fund a component of a proposed project if the
entire project does not qualify for funding.
ITEM 13. Amend 211.10(2) as
follows:
211.10(2) IDED may provide technical assistance to
applicants as necessary. IDED staff and board members may conduct
on–site evaluations of proposed activities.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 211.10(3) as
follows:
211.10(3) A comprehensive business plan must accompany
the application and shall include at least the following information: initial
capitalization including a description of sources of funding, project budget,
detailed financial projections for five years, marketing analysis,
marketing plan, management team, and the operational plan that provides
detailed information about how the proposed attraction will be operated and
maintained including a time line for implementing the
activity project. Additionally, applicants shall also
provide the following information: the number of jobs to be created, and the
wages and benefits associated with those jobs; direct measures of economic
impact including long–term tax generation, but excluding the use of
economic multipliers; a description of the current attraction and tourism
employment opportunities in the community including information about wages,
benefits and safety; and a description of how the activity
project will enhance the quality of life in a community and contribute to
the community’s efforts to retain and attract a skilled
workforce.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 211.11(1) as
follows:
211.11(1) Administration of awards.
a. A contract shall be executed between the recipient
and IDED the vision Iowa board. These rules and
applicable state laws and regulations shall be part of the contract.
b. The recipient must execute and return the contract to
IDED the vision Iowa board within 45 days of transmittal
of the final contract from IDED the vision Iowa board.
Failure to do so may be cause for IDED the vision Iowa board
to terminate the award.
c. Certain activities projects may
require that permits or clearances be obtained from other state or local
agencies before the activity project may proceed.
Awards may be conditioned upon the timely completion of these
requirements.
d. Awards may be conditioned upon commitment of other sources
of funds necessary to complete the activity
project.
e. Awards may be conditioned upon IDED receipt and
board approval of an implementation plan for the funded
activity project.
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 211.11(5) as
follows:
211.11(5) Amendments to contracts. Any substantive
change to a contract shall be considered an amendment. Changes include time
extensions, budget revisions and significant alteration of the funded
activities project that change the scope, location,
objectives or scale of the approved activity project.
Amendments must be requested in writing by the recipient and are not considered
valid until approved by the vision Iowa board and
approved confirmed in writing by IDED following the
procedure specified in the contract between the recipient and IDED.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 211.11(8) as
follows:
211.11(8) Remedies for noncompliance. At any
time before contract closeout, IDED the board may, for
cause, find that a recipient is not in compliance with the requirements of this
program. At IDED’s the board’s discretion,
remedies for noncompliance may include penalties up to and including the return
of program funds to IDED the board. Reasons for a
finding of noncompliance include but are not limited to the recipient’s
use of funds for activities not described in the contract, the recipient’s
failure to complete funded activities projects in a
timely manner, the recipient’s failure to comply with applicable state or
local rules or regulations or the lack of a continuing capacity of the recipient
to carry out the approved activity project in a timely
manner.
ITEM 18. Amend 261—Chapter
211, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement 1999 Iowa Acts,
House File 772, section 3, subsection 2, and sections 23 and 24 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447.
ARC 0118B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to adopt new Chapter 212, “Vision Iowa Program,” and
new Chapter 213, “Vision Iowa Board: Uniform Waiver and Variance
Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Vision Iowa Board approved the proposed rules on August 9,
2000, and forwarded the rules to the Iowa Department of Economic Development to
initiate rule making as provided in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, section
4.
Proposed new Chapter 212, “Vision Iowa Program,”
establishes program guidelines, describes application procedures, outlines
review criteria, and provides information on program administration. Proposed
new Chapter 213, “Vision Iowa Board: Uniform Waiver and Variance
Rules,” describes the procedures for applying for, issuing or denying
waivers and variances from Vision Iowa Board rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapters will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on Friday, September 29, 2000. Interested persons may
submit written or oral comments by contacting Susan Judkins, Vision Iowa Program
Coordinator, Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309;
telephone (515)242–4780.
Two public hearings have been scheduled over the Iowa
Communications Network (ICN) to receive comments about the proposed new
rules:
(1) Wednesday, September 27, 2000, 7 to 9 p.m., Main
Conference Room, Second Floor, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. ICN remote locations that are scheduled to be
connected for this hearing are as follows:
Scott Community College
Room 210
500 Belmont Road
Bettendorf
Great River AEA
1200 University
Burlington
DMACC Carroll Campus
Room 144
906 Grant Road
Carroll
Kirkwood Community College
Kirkwood Farm, Room 32A
Cedar Rapids
Graphic Arts Technology Center
Room 16
1951 Manufacturing Drive
Clinton
Educational Services Center Admin.
12 Scott Street
Council Bluffs
Southwestern Community College
Technology Center, Room 107
1501 W. Townline Road
Creston
Lakeland AEA
Highway 18 and 2nd Street
Cylinder
Arrowhead AEA
Library Building, Room 204
330 Avenue M
Fort Dodge
Hudson High School
245 S. Washington
Hudson
Western Iowa Technical Community College
Carpentry Room
801 East 2nd
Ida Grove
Turkey Valley High School
3219 State Highway 24
Jackson Junction
Iowa Valley Community College
Room 2102
3405 S. Center Street
Marshalltown
Newman Catholic High School
2445 19th Street SW
Mason City
Southern Prairie AEA
2814 N. Court Street
Ottumwa
Sibley–Ocheyedan High School
Room 128
120 11th Avenue N.E.
Sibley
(2) Friday, September 29, 2000, 10 a.m. to 12 noon, Main
Conference Room, Second Floor, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. ICN remote locations that are scheduled to be
connected for this hearing are as follows:
Scott Community College
Room 210
500 Belmont Road
Bettendorf
Carroll High School
Room A169
2809 N. Grant Road
Carroll
Kirkwood Community College
Linn Hall, Room 203B
6301 Kirkwood Blvd. N.W.
Cedar Rapids
Iowa Western Community College
Looft Hall
2700 College Road
Council Bluffs
Southwestern Community College
Technology Center, Room 107
1501 W. Townline Road
Creston
Decorah High School
100 East Claiborne Drive
Decorah
Keystone AEA
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque
Estherville High School
Room E–1
1520 Central Avenue
Estherville
Fort Dodge High School
Room 12
819 N. 25th Street
Fort Dodge
Iowa Valley Community College
Continuing Education Center, Room 527
3702 S. Center Street
Marshalltown
North Iowa Area Community College
Careers Building, Room 129
500 College Drive
Mason City
Indian Hills Community College
Video Conferencing and Training Center
651 Indian Hills Drive
Ottumwa
Northwest Iowa Community College
Building D, Room 410
603 W. Park Street
Sheldon
Shenandoah High School
Ed May Center
1000 Mustang Drive
Shenandoah
North High School
4200 Cheyenne
Sioux City
Hawkeye Community College
Tama Hall, Room 110
1501 E. Orange Road
Waterloo
Southeastern Community College
Ag Room 331
1015 South Gear Avenue
West Burlington
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2447.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt the following
new chapter:
CHAPTER 212
VISION IOWA PROGRAM
261—212.1(78GA,SF2447) Purpose. The
vision Iowa board is charged by the Iowa legislature and the governor with
establishing, overseeing and providing approval of the administration of the
vision Iowa program and the community attraction and tourism program of the
state of Iowa. The board will encourage and support creative projects that
enhance the lives of Iowans throughout the state, will encourage and support
visionary thinking in cities and towns and counties of all sizes and in all
areas, and will leverage state money as heavily as possible to attract funds for
these projects from other sources. The vision Iowa board will support projects
that build on Iowa’s unique assets and values and expand the recreational,
cultural and educational opportunities in the state.
261—212.2(78GA,SF2447) Definitions. When used
in this chapter, the following definitions apply unless the context otherwise
requires:
“Attraction” means a permanently located
recreational, cultural, or entertainment activity that is available to the
general public.
“Board” means the vision Iowa board as established
in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447.
“Department” or “IDED” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“Economic development organization” means an
entity organized to position a community to take advantage of economic
development opportunities and strengthen a community’s competitiveness as
a place to work and live.
“Float loan” or “interim financing”
means a short–term loan (maximum of 30 months) from obligated but
unexpended funds.
“Fund” means the vision Iowa fund established
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, section 11(1).
“Loan” means an award of assistance with the
requirement that the award be repaid with term, interest rate, and other
conditions specified as part of the award. A deferred loan is one for which the
payment of principal, interest, or both, is not required for some specified
period. A forgivable loan is one for which repayment is eliminated in part or
entirely if the borrower satisfies specified conditions.
“Local support” means endorsement by local
individuals and organizations that have a substantial interest in a
project.
“Major tourism facility” means a project of at
least $20 million in scope that has substantial regional or statewide economic
impact.
“Nonfinancial support” may include, but is not
limited to, the value of labor and services which may not total more than 25
percent of a local match. Real property and personal property donated for
purposes of the project are considered financial support at their fair market
value.
“Political subdivision” means a city or county, or
an entity established pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E.
“Private organization” means a corporation,
partnership, or other organization that is operated for profit.
“Program” means the vision Iowa program
established in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447.
“Public organization” means a
not–for–profit economic development organization or other
not–for–profit organization including those that sponsor or support
community or tourism attractions and activities.
“Recipient” means the entity under contract with
the vision Iowa board to receive vision Iowa funds and undertake the funded
project.
“School district” means a school corporation
organized under Iowa Code chapter 274.
“Subrecipient” means a private organization or
other entity operating under an agreement or contract with a recipient to carry
out a funded vision Iowa project.
“Vertical infrastructure” means land acquisition
and construction, major renovation and major repairs of buildings, all
appurtenant structures, utilities, site development, and recreational trails.
It does not include routine, recurring maintenance or operational expenses or
leasing of a building, appurtenant structure, or utility without a
lease–purchase agreement.
“Vision Iowa program review committee” means the
committee established by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, and identified as the
following members of the vision Iowa board: the four members of the general
public, the mayor of a city with a population of 20,000 or more, the director of
the Iowa department of economic development, the treasurer of state or designee,
and the auditor of state or designee. The chair and vice chair of the vision
Iowa board may serve as ex–officio members of any subcommittee of the
board.
261—212.3(78GA,SF2447) Allocation of funds.
Except as otherwise noted in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447, all vision Iowa
funds shall be awarded for projects as specified in Iowa Code section
12.72.
261—212.4(78GA,SF2447) Eligible
applicants.
212.4(1) Eligible applicants for vision Iowa funds
include political subdivisions, public organizations, and school districts in
cooperation with a city or county.
212.4(2) Any eligible applicant may apply directly or
on behalf of a subrecipient.
212.4(3) Any eligible applicant may apply individually
or jointly with another eligible applicant or other eligible
applicants.
261—212.5(78GA,SF2447) Eligible projects and forms
of assistance.
212.5(1) Eligible projects include those which are
related to a major tourism facility which would position a community to take
advantage of economic development opportunities in tourism and strengthen a
community’s competitiveness as a place to work and live. Eligible
projects include building construction or reconstruction, rehabilitation,
conversion, acquisition, demolition for the purpose of clearing lots for
development, site improvement, equipment purchases, and other projects as may be
deemed appropriate by the vision Iowa board.
212.5(2) Eligible forms of assistance include
grants,interest–bearing loans, non–interest–bearing loans,
interim financing, interest subsidies, deferred payment loans, forgivable loans,
loan guarantees, float loans, or other forms of assistance as may be approved by
the vision Iowa board.
212.5(3) Financial assistance for an eligible project
may be provided in the form of a multiyear award to be paid in increments over a
period of years, subject to the availability of funds.
212.5(4) IDED, with the approval of the chair and vice
chair of the vision Iowa board, reserves the right to make technical corrections
which are within the intent of the terms of a board–approved
award.
212.5(5) Applicants must report other sources of
funding or pending funding, public or private, for the project including the
local recreation infrastructure grants program administered by the department of
natural resources and the Iowa historic site preservation program administered
by the department of cultural affairs. IDED may consult with appropriate staff
from the department of cultural affairs and the department of natural resources
to coordinate the review of applications under the programs.
261—212.6(78GA,SF2447) Ineligible projects. The
board shall not approve an application for assistance under this program under
any of the following circumstances:
1. To refinance an existing loan.
2. To fund a project that has previously received financial
assistance under the vision Iowa program, unless the applicant demonstrates that
the assistance would be used for a significant expansion of the
project.
3. A project in which vision Iowa funding would constitute
more than 50 percent of the total project costs. A portion of the resources
provided by the applicant for project costs may be in the form of nonfinancial
support.
261—212.7(78GA,SF2447) Threshold application
requirements. To be considered for funding under the vision Iowa program,
an application shall meet the following threshold requirements:
212.7(1) There must be demonstrated local support for
the proposed project.
212.7(2) A need for vision Iowa program funds must
exist after other financial resources have been identified for the proposed
project.
212.7(3) The proposed project must primarily involve
the creation or renovation of vertical infrastructure with demonstrated
substantial regional or statewide economic impact.
212.7(4) The project must provide and pay at least 50
percent of the cost of a standard medical insurance plan for all full–time
employees working at the project after the completion of the project for which
financial assistance was received.
261—212.8(78GA,SF2447) Application review
criteria. Applications meeting the threshold requirements of rule
261—212.7(78GA,SF2447) will be reviewed by IDED and passed on to the
vision Iowa board. IDED staff shall provide a review, analysis and evaluation
of applications to the vision Iowa program review committee of the vision Iowa
board. The vision Iowa program review committee shall evaluate and rank
applications based on the following criteria:
212.8(1) Feasibility (0–25 points). The
feasibility of the existing or proposed facility to remain a viable enterprise.
Rating factors for this criterion include, but are not limited to, the
following: initial capitalization, project budget, financial projections,
marketing analysis, marketing plan, management team, and operational plan. In
order to be eligible for funding, proposals must score at least 15 points on
this rating factor.
212.8(2) Economic impact (0–25 points). Number
of jobs created and other measures of economic impact including long–term
tax generation. The evaluation of the economic impact of a proposed project
shall also include a review of the wages, benefits, including health benefits,
safety, and other attributes of the project that would improve the quality of
employment in the community. Additionally, the economic impact of an project
shall also be reviewed based on the degree to which the project enhances the
quality of life in a region, increases diversity of projects available,
contributes to the community’s efforts to retain and attract a skilled
workforce, and creatively uses existing resources in the community. In order to
be eligible for funding, proposals must score at least 15 points on this rating
factor.
212.8(3) Leveraged activity (0–10 points). The
degree to which the facility or project will stimulate the development of other
recreational and cultural attractions or tourism opportunities and enhance
economic growth and job opportunities. The degree to which the facility or
project is strategically aligned with other existing regional or statewide
cultural, recreational, entertainment, or educational activities in the
community. In order to be eligible for funding, proposals must score at least 6
points on this rating factor.
212.8(4) Matching funds (0–25 points). The
proportion of local match to be contributed to the project, and the extent of
public and private participation.
212.8(5) Planning principles (0–10 points). The
extent to which the project has taken the following planning principles into
consideration:
a. Efficient and effective use of land resources and existing
infrastructure by encouraging development in areas with existing infrastructure
or capacity to avoid costly duplication of services and costly use of
land.
b. Provision for a variety of transportation choices,
including pedestrian traffic.
c. Maintenance of unique sense of place by respecting local
cultural, historical and natural environmental features.
d. Conservation of open space and farmland and preservation of
critical environmental areas.
e. Promotion of the safety, livability, and revitalization of
existing urban and rural communities.
212.8(6) Technology and values (0–5 points).
Whether the project has taken the following into consideration:
a. Extent to which the project encourages technologies that
allow for long distance learning and Internet access to facility resources so
that all Iowa communities may benefit from the development.
b. Extent to which the project enhances education, wellness
(health), and breadth of the project to attract Iowans of all ages.
c. Extent to which facilities are nonsmoking.
A minimum score of 65 points is required for a project to be
recommended for funding.
261—212.9(78GA,SF2447) Application
procedure.
212.9(1) Subject to availability of funds,
applications will be reviewed by IDED staff on an ongoing basis and reviewed at
least quarterly by the board. Applications will be reviewed by staff for
completeness and eligibility. If additional information is required, the
applicant shall be provided with notice, in writing, to submit additional
information. A review, analysis and evaluation from the IDED staff will be
submitted to the vision Iowa program review committee of the board who will then
make a final recommendation to the complete board for final approval, denial or
deferral. The vision Iowa board has the option to fund a component of a
proposed project if the entire project does not qualify for funding.
212.9(2) Application forms for vision Iowa are
available upon request from IDED, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309.
212.9(3) IDED may provide technical assistance as
necessary to applicants. IDED staff may conduct on–site evaluations of
proposed projects.
212.9(4) A comprehensive business plan must accompany
the application and shall include at least the following information: initial
capitalization including a description of sources of funding, project budget,
detailed financial projections for five years, marketing analysis, marketing
plan, management team, and an operational plan that provides detailed
information about how the proposed attraction will be operated and maintained
including a time line for implementing the activity.
212.9(5) Applicants shall also provide the following
information: the number of jobs to be created, and the wages and benefits
associated with those jobs; direct measures of economic impact including
long–term tax generation, but excluding the use of economic multipliers; a
description of the current attraction and tourism employment opportunities in
the community, including information about wages, benefits and safety; and a
description of how the project will enhance the quality of other existing
regional or statewide cultural, recreational, entertainment, and educational
activities or employment in the community and a description of the
long–term economic viability of the project, including projected revenues
and expenses for five years.
261—212.10(78GA,SF2447) Administration of
awards.
212.10(1) A contract shall be executed between the
recipient and the vision Iowa board. These rules and applicable state laws and
regulations shall be part of the contract.
212.10(2) The recipient must execute and return the
contract to the vision Iowa board within 45 days of transmittal of the final
contract from the vision Iowa board. Failure to do so may be cause for the
vision Iowa board to terminate the award.
212.10(3) Certain projects may require that permits or
clearances be obtained from other state or local agencies before the activity
may proceed. Awards may be conditioned upon the timely completion of these
requirements.
212.10(4) Awards may be conditioned upon commitment of
other sources of funds necessary to complete the project.
212.10(5) Amendments to contracts. Any substantive
change to a contract shall be considered an amendment. Changes include time
extensions, budget revisions and significant alteration of the funded projects
that change the scope, location, objectives or scale of the approved project.
Amendments must be requested in writing by the recipient and are not considered
valid until approved by the vision Iowa board and confirmed in writing by IDED
following the procedure specified in the contract between the recipient and the
vision Iowa board.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2447.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new chapter:
CHAPTER 213
VISION IOWA BOARD: UNIFORM WAIVER
AND
VARIANCE RULES
261—213.1(17A,ExecOrd11) Applicability. This
chapter outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from
rules adopted by the board. The intent of this chapter is to allow persons to
seek exceptions to the application of rules issued by the board.
213.1(1) Definitions.
“Board” or “vision Iowa board” means
the vision Iowa board established by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447.
“Person” means an individual, corporation, limited
liability company, government or governmental subdivision or agency, business
trust, estate, trust, partnership or association, or any legal entity.
“Waiver or variance” means an agency action which
suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied
to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that
person.
213.1(2) Authority.
a. A waiver or variance from rules adopted by the board may be
granted in accordance with this chapter if (1) the board has authority to
promulgate the rule from which waiver or variance is requested or has final
decision–making authority over a contested case in which a waiver or
variance is requested; and (2) no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant
of a waiver or variance from the rule from which waiver or variance is
requested.
b. No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement
which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with
statute.
261—213.2(17A,ExecOrd11) Board discretion. The
decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or
variance shall be made at the discretion of the board upon consideration of all
relevant factors.
213.2(1) Criteria for waiver or variance. The board
may, in response to a completed petition or on its own motion, grant a waiver or
variance from a rule, in whole or in part, as applied to the circumstances of a
specified situation if the board finds each of the following:
a. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
b. Waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
c. Waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person; and
d. Where applicable, substantially equal protection of public
health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that
prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is
requested.
In determining whether waiver or variance should be granted,
the board shall consider whether the underlying public interest policies and
legislative intent of the rules are substantially equivalent to full compliance
with the rule. When the rule from which a waiver or variance is sought
establishes administrative deadlines, the board shall balance the special
individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of uniform
treatment of all licensees, grantees and constituents.
213.2(2) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. These uniform waiver and variance rules shall not preclude the board
from granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the basis of other
standards if a statute or other board rule authorizes the board to do so, and
the board deems it appropriate to do so.
261—213.3(17A,ExecOrd11) Requester’s
responsibilities in filing a waiver or variance petition.
213.3(1) Application. All petitions for waiver or
variance must be submitted in writing to the Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand
Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–1819. If the petition relates to a pending
contested case, a copy of the petition shall also be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
213.3(2) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
or variance shall include the following information where applicable and known
to the requester (for an example of a petition for waiver or variance, see
Exhibit A at the end of this chapter):
a. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver or variance is requested.
b. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
c. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance.
d. A signed statement from the petitioner attesting to the
accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons that
the petitioner believes will justify a waiver or variance.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, grant, loan or other
financial assistance affected by the proposed waiver or variance, including a
description of each affected license, grant, loan or other financial assistance
held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity, license, grant or loan
within the last five years.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver or variance.
213.3(3) Burden of persuasion. When a petition is
filed for a waiver or variance from a board rule, the burden of persuasion shall
be on the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the
board should exercise its discretion to grant petitioner a waiver or
variance.
261—213.4(17A,ExecOrd11) Notice. The board
shall acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The board shall ensure that notice
of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the board may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the board may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to the board
attesting that notice has been provided.
261—213.5(17A,ExecOrd11) Board responsibilities
regarding petition for waiver or variance.
213.5(1) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the board may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the board
may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a
telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
board’s designee, a committee of the board, or a quorum of the
board.
213.5(2) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply in
three situations: (a) to any petition for a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case; (b) when the board so provides by rule or order; or (c)
when a statute so requires.
213.5(3) Ruling. An order granting or denying a
waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and operative period of the waiver if one is
issued.
213.5(4) Conditions. The board may condition the
grant of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to
achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
213.5(5) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any
event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board
shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final
decision in that contested case is issued.
213.5(6) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board.
213.5(7) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
261—213.6(17A,ExecOrd11) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
board shall maintain a record of all orders granting or denying waivers and
variances under this chapter. All final rulings in response to requests for
waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at
the Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–
1819.
261—213.7(17A,ExecOrd11) Voiding or
cancellation. A waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which
the request is based are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The
board may at any time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice if the
board finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts
have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver
or variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the
requester has failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
261—213.8(17A,ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation
of conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation
of the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is
subject to the same remedies or penalties.
261—213.9(17A,ExecOrd11) Defense. After the
board issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense
within its terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom
the order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to
be invoked.
261—213.10(17A,ExecOrd11) Appeals. Granting or
denying a request for waiver or variance is final agency action under Iowa Code
chapter 17A. An appeal to district court shall be taken within 30 days of the
issuance of the ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is
provided by rule or statute.
Exhibit A
Sample Petition (Request) for
Waiver/Variance
|
BEFORE THE VISION IOWA BOARD
|
|
Petition by (insert name of petitioner) for the waiver of
(insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER
|
Requests for waiver or variance from a board rule shall
include the following information in the petition for waiver or variance where
applicable and known:
a. Provide the petitioner’s (person asking for a waiver
or variance) name, address, and telephone number.
b. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver or
variance is requested.
c. Describe the specific waiver or variance requested; include
the exact scope and time period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
d. Explain the important facts that the petitioner believes
justify a waiver or variance. Include in your answer why (1) applying the rule
will result in hardship or injustice to the petitioner; and (2) granting a
waiver or variance to the petitioner is consistent with the public interest; and
(3) granting the waiver or variance will not prejudice the substantial legal
rights of any person; and (4) where applicable, how substantially equal
protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means
other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or
variance is requested.
e. Provide history of prior contacts between the board and
petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, grant, loan or other
financial assistance that would be affected by the waiver or variance; include a
description of each affected license, grant, loan or other financial assistance
held by the petitioner, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity, license, grant or loan
within the last five years.
f. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
g. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question, or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or
variance.
h. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity who would be adversely affected or disadvantaged by the grant
of the waiver or variance.
i. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant or important facts relating to the
requested waiver or variance.
j. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information
relevant to the waiver or variance.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
__________________________ ____________
Petitioner’s signature Date
Petitioner should note the following when requesting or
petitioning for a waiver or variance:
1. The petitioner has the burden of proving, by clear and
convincing evidence, the following to the board: (a) application of the rule to
the petitioner would result in hardship or injustice to the petitioner; and (b)
waiver or variance on the basis of the particular circumstances relative to the
petitioner would be consistent with the public interest; and (c) waiver or
variance in the specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights
of any person; and (d) where applicable, how substantially equal protection of
public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that
prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is
requested.
2. The board may request additional information from or
request an informal meeting with the petitioner prior to issuing a ruling
granting or denying a request for waiver or variance.
3. All petitions for waiver or variance must be submitted in
writing to the Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–1819. If the petition relates to a pending contested case, a copy
of the petition shall also be filed in the contested case proceeding.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11, Iowa Code chapter 17A, and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2447.
ARC 0086B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 182,
“Family–Centered Services,” and Chapter 185,
“Rehabilitative Treatment Services,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments allow children who are in
out–of–home placement where family reunification is not the case
plan goal to continue to receive rehabilitative treatment andsupportive services
such as day treatment from a family–centered provider without regard to
income. Services may be continued if the services for the child are determined
by the referral worker to be necessary in order to maintain the child’s
productive relationship with a previous provider, to provide a type of service
program not available under the out–of–home placement program, or to
maintain the child’s permanent placement.
No fiscal impact is anticipated as these services are
currently being provided on an exception–to–policy basis. Over 120
exceptions have been requested over the past year. These amendments will allow
greater ease of service access for clients and for juvenile courts working to
develop family service plans.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these changes actually provide greater access to
family–centered services for children and families and eliminate the need
for policy exceptions to be requested to receive these services.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before September 27, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 234.38.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 182.2(1),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Children are in out–of–home placement, family
reunification is the case plan, and services for the children and their families
are necessary to achieve this goal or family reunification is not the case
plan goal but services for the child from a family–centered provider are
determined by the referral worker to be necessary in order to maintain the
child’s productive relationship with a previous provider, to provide a
type of service program not available under the out–of–home
placement program, or to maintain the child’s permanent
placement.
ITEM 2. Amend 441—Chapter
185, Division II,Family–Centered Program, Preamble, first
paragraph, as follows:
Family–centered services provide assistance to
children and their families to prevent and alleviate child abuse and
neglect, to prevent and alleviate delinquency, to prevent
out–of–home child placements, to reunite families that have had
children placed outside the home, to promote service continuity or provide
specialized service programs as necessary for children placed in
out–of–home care when reunification is not the case plan goal,
and to maintain family reunification or other alternative permanent
placement after a child has been returned to the family or placed in a
permanent setting after an out–of–home placement. These
services promote family self–sufficiency by providing temporary assistance
that permits and encourages parents to keep or gain a responsible level of
control over their family’s activities and their role in the
community.
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Public Hearings
Pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, the Insurance Division
hereby gives Notice of Public Hearings concerning the review of all
administrative rules within its jurisdiction. As part of this review process,
the Division shall conduct a series of public hearings to receive comments of
interested individuals or parties. These hearings are for the sole purpose of
receiving comments on existing administrative rules. The following hearings are
scheduled:
1. Securities – Iowa Code chapter 502.
Monday, October 30, 2000, 10 a.m.
Insurance Division Lobby Conference Room, 330 Maple Street,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0065.
Contact Person: Craig A. Goettsch, Superintendent of
Securities.
2. Regulated Industries Unit – Iowa Code chapters 523A,
523B, 523C, 523D, 523E, 523I, 566A.
Monday, October 30, 2000, 1 p.m.
Insurance Division Lobby Conference Room, 330 Maple Street,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0065.
Contact Person: Dennis Britson, Regulated Industries Unit
Director.
For further information on these hearings, please call the
named contact person at (515)281–5705.
ARC 0104B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 81, “Fishing Regulations,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendment provides for the taking of designated
fish by hand, snagging, spearing, bow and arrow, and artificial light in
designated areas.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment on or before October 6,
2000. Such written materials should be directed to Marion Conover, Department
of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0034; fax (515)281–6794. Persons who wish to convey their
views orally should contact the Fisheries Bureau at (515)281–5208 or at
the Bureau offices on the fourth floor of the Wallace State Office
Building.
Also, there will be four public hearings as follows:
• September
26, 2000, 7 p.m., Dorothy Pecaut Nature Center, Stone State Park, Sioux
City;
• September
27, 2000, 7 p.m., Teamster Union Hall, 5000 J St. S.W., Cedar Rapids;
• September
28, 2000, 7 p.m., Indian Hills Community College, Bennet Training Center, Room
100, Ottumwa; and
• September
29, 2000, 1 p.m., Fifth Floor Conference Room, Wallace State Office Building,
Des Moines.
At the public hearings, persons may present their views either
orally or in writing. At the hearings, persons will be asked to give their
names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject
of the amendment.
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39, 481A.67 and 481A.76.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 571—81.2(571) by adopting the following
new subrule:
81.2(11) Method of take. Artificial light may be used
in the taking of any fish. The following species of fish may be taken by hand
fishing, snagging, spearing, and bow and arrow: common carp, bighead carp,
grass carp, silver carp, black carp, bigmouth buffalo, smallmouth buffalo, black
buffalo, quillback carpsucker, highfin carpsucker, river carpsucker, spotted
sucker, white sucker, shorthead redhorse, golden redhorse, silver redhorse,
sheepshead, shortnose gar, longnose gar, dogfish, gizzard shad, and goldfish.
All other species of fish not hooked in the mouth, except paddlefish legally
taken by snagging, must be returned to the water immediately with as little
injury as possible. A fish is foul hooked when caught by a hook in an area
other than in the fish’s mouth. Snagging is defined as the practice of
jerking any type of hook or lure, baited or unbaited, through the water with the
intention of foul hooking fish. Exceptions to snagging as a method of take are
as follows:
a. Missouri River – Snagging is allowed only from July 1
through September 30.
b. Big Sioux River from I–29 bridge to the confluence
with the Missouri River – Snagging is allowed only from July 1 through
September 30.
c. No snagging is permitted in the following areas:
(1) Des Moines River from directly below Saylorville Dam to
the Southeast 14th Street bridge in Des Moines.
(2) Cedar River in Cedar Rapids from directly below the 5 in 1
Dam under I–380 to the 1st Avenue bridge.
(3) Cedar River in Cedar Rapids from directly below the
“C” Street Roller Dam to 300 yards downstream.
(4) Iowa River from directly below the Coralville Dam to 300
yards downstream.
(5) Chariton River from directly below Lake Rathbun Dam to 300
yards downstream.
(6) Spillway area from directly below the Spirit Lake outlet
to the confluence at East Okoboji Lake.
ARC 0116B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Mortuary Science Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 101, “ Board of Mortuary Science Examiners,” and to
adopt new Chapter 102, “Continuing Education for Mortuary Science,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current continuing
education rules; renumber the rules regarding grounds for discipline,
reinstatement of lapsed license, inactive practitioners, fees, method of
discipline, disciplinary proceedings and peer review committees; amend
endorsement language and fees; adopt a new continuing education chapter; and
adopt rules for student practicums as enacted in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2302, section 42.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than October 9, 2000, addressed to Rosalie Steele,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent nine letters to the public for comment, and two
letters were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules.
The comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on
need, clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
A public hearing will be held on October 9, 2000, from 9 to 11
a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapter 272C and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2302, section
42.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new paragraph
101.3(1)“l” as follows:
l. The intern shall, during the internship, be a
full–time employee with the funeral establishment at the site of
internship.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule
645—101.5(272C) and renumber rule 645—101.4(147,156)
as 645—101.5(146,156) and adopt new rule
645—101.4(156) as follows:
645—101.4(156) Student practicum.
101.4(1) Application. The applicant shall:
a. Apply to the board for a student practicum on forms
provided by the board;
b. Request a letter that shall be sent directly from the
student’s school, accredited by and in good standing with the American
Board of Funeral Service Education, to the board regarding the student’s
current status and length of practicum; and
c. Pay the fee for student practicum as listed in 645—
101.6(147).
101.4(2) No licensed funeral director shall permit any
person, in the funeral director’s employ or under the funeral
director’s supervision or control, to serve a student practicum in funeral
directing unless that person has a certificate of practicum approved by the
board of mortuary science examiners as an Iowa registered practicum
student.
101.4(3) Every person who is registered for a student
practicum with the board of mortuary science examiners shall have a registration
certificate posted in a conspicuous public place in the practicum
student’s site of practicum.
101.4(4) The practicum student shall serve the
practicum in Iowa under the direct physical supervision of the assigned
practicum supervisor who has had current preceptor training.
101.4(5) The practicum student shall be under the
direct physical supervision of an Iowa licensed funeral director and serve in an
Iowa licensed funeral establishment.
101.4(6) No licensed funeral director or licensed
funeral establishment shall have more than one practicum student for the first
100 human remains embalmed or funerals conducted per year, with a maximum of two
practicum students per funeral establishment.
101.4(7) Practicum students shall not advertise or
present themselves as funeral directors.
101.4(8) The student practicum begins upon approval
and due notification by the board. The board shall be notified in writing of
any change of practicum supervisor or any other alteration, and approval shall
be granted by the board before the status of the student practicum is
altered.
101.4(9) The length of the student practicum shall be
determined by the the student’s school.
101.4(10) The practicum student may, during the
practicum, embalm human remains in the physical presence of the practicum
supervisor and direct or assist in directing funerals under the direct
supervision of the practicum supervisor.
ITEM 3. Amend renumbered subrule 101.5(4)
as follows:
101.5(4) All applicants for endorsement licenses shall
hold original license in good standing obtained upon examination in the state
from which the endorsement was received. The examination shall have covered
substantially the same subjects in which an examination is required in Iowa,
showing the applicant has attained a passing grade. Applicants licensed before
1980 are exempt from showing a passing grade on an the
national board examination. The applicant shall have met the educational
requirements of the state of Iowa for a funeral director.
ITEM 4. Rescind rule
645—101.6(147) and renumber rule 645—101.98(147)
as 645—101.6(147,272C).
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered subrule
101.6(3) as follows:
101.6(3) Fee for renewal of a funeral director’s
license for a biennial period is $100. Biennial renewal fee for a
license to practice mortuary science for the 1999 renewal cycle only is as
follows:
Birth Month Prorated Fee
July 1999 $100
August 1999 $104
September 1999 $108
October 1999 $112
November 1999 $117
December 1999 $121
January 2000 $125
February 2000 $129
March 2000 $133
April 2000 $137
May 2000 $142
June 2000 $146
ITEM 6. Adopt new subrule
101.6(16) as follows:
101.6(16) Fee for student practicum is $25.
ITEM 7. Rescind and reserve rules
645—101.100(147) through 645—101.106(272C).
ITEM 8. Rescind rule
645—101.107(272C) and renumber rule 645—101.200(272C)
as 645— 101.7(272C).
ITEM 9. Renumber rules
645—101.212(272C) through 645—101.215(272C) as
645—101.8(272C) through 645— 101.11(272C).
ITEM 10. Rescind and reserve rule
645—101.300(21).
ITEM 11. Adopt new
645—Chapter 102 as follows:
CHAPTER 102
CONTINUING EDUCATION
FOR MORTUARY
SCIENCE
645—102.1(272C) Definitions. For the purpose of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Active license” means the license of a person who
is acting, practicing, functioning, and working in compliance with license
requirements.
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
board of mortuary science examiners.
“Approved program/activity” means a continuing
education program/activity meeting the standards set forth in these rules, which
has received advance approval by the board pursuant to these rules.
“Approved sponsor” means a person or an
organization sponsoring continuing education activities, that has been approved
by the board as a sponsor pursuant to these rules. During the time an
organization, educational institution, or person is an approved sponsor, all
continuing education activities of such organization, educational institution,
or person may be deemed automatically approved.
“Audit” means the selection of licensees
for verification of satisfactory completion of continuing education requirements
during a specified time period or the selection of providers for verification of
adherence to continuing provider requirements during a specified time
period.
“Board” means the board of mortuary science
examiners.
“Continuing education” means planned, organized
learning acts designed to maintain, improve, or expand a licensee’s
knowledge and skills in order for the licensee to develop new knowledge and
skills relevant to the enhancement of practice, education, or theory development
to improve the safety and welfare of the public.
“Direct supervision” means under the direction and
immediate supervision of a licensed funeral director.
“Full–time” means a minimum of a
35–hour work week.
“Hour of continuing education” means a clock hour
spent by a licensee in actual attendance at and completion of an approved
continuing education activity.
“Inactive license” means the license of a person
who is not in practice in the state of Iowa.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who failed to meet
stated obligations within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to
practice as a funeral director in the state of Iowa.
645—102.2(272C) Continuing education
requirements.
102.2(1) The biennial continuing education compliance
period shall extend for a two–year period beginning on the fifteenth day
of the licensee’s birth month and ending on the fifteenth day of the
licensee’s birth month. Each biennium, each person who is licensed to
practice as a licensee in this state shall be required to complete a minimum of
24 hours of continuing education approved by the board.
102.2(2) Requirements of new licensees. Those persons
licensed for the first time shall not be required to complete continuing
education as a prerequisite for the first renewal of their licenses. Continuing
education hours acquired anytime from the initial licensing until the second
license renewal may be used. The new licensee will be required to complete a
minimum of 24 hours of continuing education per biennium for each subsequent
license renewal.
102.2(3) Hours of continuing education credit may be
obtained by attending and participating in a continuing education activity.
These hours must meet the requirements herein pursuant to statutory provisions
and the rules that implement them.
102.2(4) No hours of continuing education shall be
carried over into the next biennium except as stated for the second
renewal.
102.2(5) It is the responsibility of each licensee to
finance the cost of continuing education.
645—102.3(272C) Standards for
approval.
102.3(1) General criteria. A continuing education
activity which meets all of the following criteria is appropriate for continuing
education credit if it is determined by the board that the continuing education
activity:
a. Constitutes an organized program of learning which
contributes directly to the professional competency of the licensee;
b. Pertains to subject matters which integrally relate to the
practice of the profession;
c. Is conducted by individuals who have specialized education,
training and experience by reason of which said individuals should be considered
qualified concerning the subject matter of the program. The application must be
accompanied by a paper, manual or outline which substantively pertains to the
subject matter of the program and reflects program schedule, goals and
objectives. The board may request the qualifications of presenters.
d. Fulfills stated program goals, objectives, or both;
and
e. Provides proof of attendance to licensees in attendance
including:
(1) Date(s), location, course title, presenter(s);
(2) Numbers of program contact hours. (One contact hour
equals one hour of continuing education credit.); and
(3) Official signature or verification by program
sponsor.
102.3(2) Specific criteria.
a. The following categories of continuing education activity
are accepted:
(1) Public health and technical: chemistry, microbiology and
public health, anatomy, pathology, restorative art, arterial and cavity
embalming.
(2) Business management: accounting, funeral home management
and merchandising, computer application, funeral directing, and small business
management.
(3) Social sciences/humanities: psychology of grief,
counseling, sociology of funeral service, history of funeral service,
communication skills, and philosophy.
(4) Legal, ethical, regulatory: mortuary law; business law;
ethics; Federal Trade Commission, OSHA, ADA, and EPA regulations; preneed
regulation; social services; veterans affairs benefits; insurance; state and
county benefits; legislative concerns.
b. Academic coursework that meets the criteria set forth in
the rules is accepted. Continuing education credit equivalents are as
follows:
1 academic semester hour = 10 continuing education
hours
1 academic trimester hour = 8 continuing education
hours
1 academic quarter hour = 7 continuing education
hours
A course description and an official school transcript
indicating successful completion of the course must be provided by the licensee
to receive credit for an academic course if continuing education is
audited.
c. Attendance at or participation in a program or course which
is offered or sponsored by an approved continuing education sponsor.
d. Self–study, including television viewing, Internet,
video– or sound–recorded programs, or correspondence work, or by
other similar means as authorized by the board. Self–study credits must
be accompanied by a certificate from the sponsoring organization that indicates
successful completion of the test.
e. Presentations of a structured continuing education program
or a college course that meets the criteria established in standards for
approval may receive 1.5 times the number of hours granted the attendees. These
hours shall be granted only once per biennium for identical
presentations.
645—102.4(272C) Approval of sponsors, programs, and
activities on continuing education.
102.4(1) Approval of sponsors. An applicant
who desires approval as a sponsor of courses, programs, or other continuing
education activities shall, unless exempted elsewhere in these rules, apply for
approval to the board on the form designated by the board stating the
applicant’s educational history for the preceding two years or proposed
plan for the next two years.
a. The form shall include:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction to be presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae; and
(4) Evaluation form(s).
b. Records shall be retained by the sponsor for four
years.
c. Attendance record report. The person or organization
sponsoring an approved continuing education activity shall provide a certificate
of attendance to the licensee providing the following information:
(1) Program date(s);
(2) Course title and presenter;
(3) Location;
(4) Number of clock hours attended and continuing education
hours earned;
(5) Name of sponsor and sponsor number (if
applicable);
(6) Licensee’s name; and
(7) Method of presentation.
d. All approved sponsors shall maintain a copy of the
following:
(1) The continuing education activity;
(2) List of enrolled licensees’ names and license
numbers; and
(3) Number of continuing education clock hours awarded for a
minimum of four years from the date of the continuing education
activity.
e. The sponsor shall submit a report of all continuing
education programs conducted in the previous year during the assigned month for
reporting designated by the board. The report shall include:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae;
(4) Evaluation form(s); and
(5) A summary of the evaluations completed by the
licensees.
102.4(2) Prior approval of programs/activities.
An organization or person other than an approved sponsor that desires prior
approval of a course, program or other education activity or that desires to
establish approval of such activity prior to attendance shall apply for approval
to the board on a form provided by the board at least 60 days in advance of the
commencement of the activity. The board shall approve or deny such application
in writing within 30 days of receipt of such application. The application shall
state:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Course outline;
d. Total hours of instruction; and
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information.
The organization or person shall be notified of approval or
denial by ordinary mail.
102.4(3) Review of programs. Continuing
educationprograms/activities shall be reported every year at the designated time
as assigned by the board. Written notice of sponsor status will be sent by the
board. The board may at any time reevaluate an approved sponsor. If, after
reevaluation, the board finds there is cause for revocation of the approval of
an approved sponsor, the board shall give notice of the revocation to that
sponsor by certified mail. The sponsor shall have the right to hearing
regarding the revocation. The request for hearing must be sent within 20 days
after the receipt of the notice of revocation. The hearing shall be held within
90 days after the receipt of the request for hearing. The board shall give
notice by certified mail to the sponsor of the date set for the hearing at least
30 days prior to the hearing. The board shall conduct the hearing in compliance
with rule 645—11.9(17A).
102.4(4) Postapproval of activities. A licensee
seeking credit for attendance and participation in an educational activity which
was not conducted by an approved sponsor or otherwise approved shall submit to
the board, within 60 days after completion of such activity, the
following:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Course outline;
d. Total hours of instruction and credit hours
requested;
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information;
f. Request for credit which includes a brief summary of the
activity; and
g. Certificate of attendance or verification.
Within 90 days after receipt of such application, the board
shall advise the licensee in writing by ordinary mail whether the activity is
approved and the number of hours allowed. A licensee not complying with the
requirements of this subrule may be denied credit for such activity.
102.4(5) Voluntary relinquishment. The approved
sponsor may voluntarily relinquish sponsorship by notifying the board office in
writing.
645—102.5(272C) Reporting continuing education by
licensee. At the time of license renewal, each licensee shall be required
to submit a report on continuing education to the board on a
board–approved form.
102.5(1) The information on the form shall
include:
a. Title of continuing education activity;
b. Date(s);
c. Sponsor of the activity;
d. Board–approved sponsor number;
e. Number of continuing education hours earned; and
f. Teaching method used.
102.5(2) Audit of continuing education report. After
each educational biennium, the board will audit a percentage of the continuing
education reports before granting the renewal of licenses to those being
audited.
a. The board will select licensees to be audited.
b. The licensee shall make available to the board for auditing
purposes a certificate of attendance or verification for all reported activities
that includes the following information:
(1) Date, location, course title, schedule (brochure,
pamphlet, program, presenter(s)), and method of presentation;
(2) Number of contact hours for program attended;
and
(3) Certificate of attendance or verification indicating
successful completion of the course.
c. For auditing purposes, the licensee must retain the above
information for two years after the biennium has end–ed.
d. Submission of a false report of continuing education or
failure to meet continuing education requirements may cause the license to lapse
and may result in formal disciplinary action.
e. All renewal license applications that are submitted late
(after the end of the compliance period) may be subject to audit of continuing
education report.
f. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the licensee of responsibility of meeting continuing education
requirements and submitting the renewal fee by the end of the compliance
period.
645—102.6(272C) Reinstatement of lapsed license.
Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after expiration date shall
cause the license to lapse. A person who allows the license to lapse cannot
engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations
governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the
license to lapse must apply to the board for reinstatement of the license.
Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the
applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
2. Pays all of the renewal, penalty and reinstatement fees
then due;
3. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of continuing
education requirements during the period since the license lapsed. The total
number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is
computed by multiplying 24 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed
not to exceed 72 hours; and
4. Successfully passes the state law and rules examination
with a score of at least 75 percent.
645—102.7(272C) Continuing education waiver for
active practitioners. A funeral director licensed to practice as a funeral
director shall be deemed to have complied with the continuing education
requirements of this state during the period that the licensee serves honorably
on active duty in the military services or as a government employee outside the
United States as a practicing funeral director.
645—102.8(272C) Continuing education waiver for
inactive practitioners. A licensee who is not engaged in practice in the
state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of continuing education compliance and
obtain a certificate of waiver upon written application to the board. The
application shall contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in
practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing
reinstatement after waiver. The application for a certificate of waiver shall
be submitted upon forms provided by the board.
645—102.9(272C) Continuing education waiver for
disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving
disability or illness, grant waivers of the minimum education requirements or
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports.
No waiver or extension of time shall be granted unless written application
therefor is made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee and
appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant a waiver of
the minimum educational requirements for any period of time not to exceed one
calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the
disability or illness upon which a waiver has been granted continues beyond the
period of waiver, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver. The
board may, as a condition of any waiver granted, require the applicant to make
up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational requirements waived by
such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
645—102.10(272C) Reinstatement of inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of
compliance with these rules and obtained a certificate of waiver shall, prior to
engaging in the practice of mortuary science in the state of Iowa, satisfy the
following requirements for reinstatement.
102.10(1) Submit written application for reinstatement
to the board upon forms provided by the board;
102.10(2) Submit payment of the examination fee and
reinstatement fee; and
102.10(3) Furnish in the application evidence of one
of the following:
a. Full–time practice of mortuary science in another
state of the United States or the District of Columbia and completion of
continuing education for each biennium of inactive status substantially
equivalent in the opinion of the board to that required under these rules;
or
b. Completion of 24 hours of board–approved continuing
education.
102.10(4) Furnish evidence of successful completion of
the state law and rules examination with a score of at least 75 percent correct
conducted within one year immediately prior to the submission of the application
for reinstatement.
645—102.11(272C) Hearings. In the event of
denial, in whole or part, of any application for approval of a continuing
education program or credit for continuing education activity, the applicant,
licensee or program provider shall have the right within 20 days after the
sending of the notification of denial by ordinary mail to request a hearing
which shall be held within 90 days after receipt of the request for hearing.
The hearing shall be conducted by the board or an administrative law judge
designated by the board, in substantial compliance with the hearing procedure
set forth in rule 645—11.9(17A).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 272C.2
and chapter 156.
ARC 0115B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Social Work Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 280, “Board of Social Work Examiners,” and to adopt new
Chapter 281, “Continuing Education for Social Workers,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current continuing
education rules; rescind and amend definitions; renumber the rules regarding
grounds for discipline and rules of conduct; amend rules for the examination
process, association name and master’s level criteria; and adopt a new
chapter for continuing education.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than September 26, 2000, addressed to Rosalie
Steele, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent 11 letters to the public for comment and 4 letters
were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules. The
comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on need,
clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
A public hearing will be held on September 26, 2000, from 9 to
11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building,
at which time persons may pre–sent their views either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapter 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
645—280.1(154C), definition of “AASSWB,” as
follows:
“AASSWB”
“ASWB” means the American Association of
State Social Work Boards.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
645—280.1(154C) by rescinding the definition of
“hour.”
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 280.2(2) as
follows:
280.2(2) A chairperson, vice chairperson and secretary
to the board, and delegate and alternate delegate to American
Association of State Social Work Boards
(AASSWB) (ASWB) shall be elected at the first meeting
after April 30 of each year.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph
280.3(1)“b” as follows:
b. Has passed the basic level examination of the
AASSWB ASWB.
ITEM 5. Amend paragraph
280.3(2)“b” as follows:
b. Has passed the intermediate level examination of the
AASSWB ASWB.
ITEM 6. Amend paragraphs
280.3(3)“b” and 280.3(3)“d” as
follows:
b. Has passed the clinical level examination of the
AASSWB ASWB.
d. Has engaged in the practice of social work at the
master’s level, under supervision for at least two years as a
full–time employee or completion, under supervision, of 4000 hours of
part–time employment after the granting of the master’s or doctoral
degree in social work.
ITEM 7. Amend subrules 280.4(1)
and 280.4(2) as follows:
280.4(1) Any person seeking a license shall complete
and submit to the board a completed application form, which is
provided by the board, to the board office no later than 45 days prior
to the date of the electronic examination.
280.4(2) The application form shall be completed in
accordance with instructions contained in the application. If the
application is not completed in accordance with instructions, the application
may be held until the next examination.
ITEM 8. Rescind and reserve subrule
280.4(6).
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 280.4(7) as
follows:
280.4(7) An applicant may sit for the examination if
the applicant will meet meets the requirements stated in
rule 280.3(154C) by the examination date. Upon written
request of the applicant, the board may authorize a student to sit for the
examination if the student is in the last semester of an approved master of
social work program. The student shall submit an application for licensure at
the master’s level and the fee, and, in lieu of a transcript, the student
shall request that the school submit a letter directly to the board office. The
letter shall state that the student is currently enrolled in a master of social
work program and the student’s expected date of graduation.
ITEM 10. Rescind rules
645—280.100(154C) and 645— 280.101(154C) and renumber
rules 645—280.212(272C) and 645—280.213(154C) as
645—280.100(272C) and 645—280.101(154C).
ITEM 11. Rescind and reserve rules
645— 280.102(154C) through
645—280.106(154C).
ITEM 12. Adopt new
645—Chapter 281 as follows:
CHAPTER 281
CONTINUING EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL
WORKERS
645—281.1(154C) Definitions. For the purpose of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Active license” means the license of a person who
is acting, practicing, functioning and working in compliance with license
requirements.
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
board of social work examiners.
“Approved program/activity” means a continuing
education program/activity meeting the standards set forth in these rules, which
has received advance approval by the board pursuant to these rules.
“Approved sponsor” means a person or an
organization sponsoring continuing education activities that has been approved
by the board as a sponsor pursuant to these rules. During the time an
organization, educational institution, or person is an approved sponsor, all
continuing education activities of such organization, educational institution,
or person may be deemed automatically approved.
“Audit” means the selection of licensees
for verification of satisfactory completion of continuing education requirements
during a specified time period or the selection of providers for verification of
adherence to continuing education provider requirements during a specified time
period.
“Board” means the board of social work
examiners.
“Continuing education” means planned, organized
learning acts acquired during licensure designed to maintain, improve, or expand
a licensee’s knowledge and skills in order for the licensee to develop new
knowledge and skills relevant to the enhancement of practice, education, or
theory development to improve the safety and welfare of the public.
“Hour of continuing education” means a clock hour
spent by a licensee in actual attendance at and completion of approved
continuing education activity.
“Inactive license” means the license of a person
who is not engaged in practice in the state of Iowa.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who has failed to meet
stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to
practice as a social worker in the state of Iowa.
“Self–study course” means a form of
systematic learning performed at a licensee’s residence, office, or other
private location including, but not limited to, viewing of videotapes,
participating in studies electronically transmitted from another location, or
participating in self–assessment testing (open book tests that are
completed by the licensee, submitted to the provider, graded, and returned to
the licensee with correct answers and an explanation of why the answer chosen by
the provider was the correct answer).
645—281.2(154C) Continuing education
requirements.
281.2(1) The biennial continuing education compliance
period shall extend for a two–year period beginning on January 1 of each
odd–numbered year and ending on December 31 of the next
even–numbered year. (To implement this rule change, the continuing
education period for the December 31, 2000, renewal will run from July 1, 1998,
to December 31, 2000.) Each biennium, each person who is licensed to practice
as a licensee in this state shall be required to complete a minimum of 27 hours
of continuing education approved by the board.
281.2(2) Requirements of new licensees. Those persons
licensed for the first time during the license renewal period shall not be
required to complete continuing education as a prerequisite for the first
renewal of their licenses. Continuing education hours acquired anytime from the
initial licensing until the second renewal may be used. The new licensee will
be required to complete a minimum of 27 hours of continuing education per
biennium for each subsequent license renewal.
281.2(3) Hours of continuing education credit may be
obtained by attending and participating in a continuing education activity.
These hours must be approved by the board or otherwise meet the requirements
herein and be approved by the board pursuant to statutory provisions and the
rules that implement them.
281.2(4) No hours of continuing education shall be
carried over into the next biennium except as stated for the second
renewal.
281.2(5) It is the responsibility of each licensee to
finance the cost of continuing education.
281.2(6) The licensee shall maintain a personal file
with all documentation of the continuing education credits obtained.
645—281.3(154C) Standards for
approval.
281.3(1) General criteria. A continuing education
activity which meets all of the following criteria is appropriate for continuing
education credit if it is determined by the board that the continuing education
activity:
a. Constitutes an organized program of learning which
contributes directly to the professional competency of the licensee;
b. Pertains to subject matters which integrally relate to the
practice of the profession;
c. Is conducted by individuals who have specialized education,
training and experience by reason of which said individuals should be considered
qualified concerning the subject matter of the program. The application must be
accompanied by a paper, manual or outline which substantively pertains to the
subject matter of the program and reflects program schedule, goals and
objectives. The board may request the qualifications of presenters.
d. Fulfills stated program goals, objectives, or
both;
e. Provides proof of attendance to licensees in attendance
including:
(1) Date, location, course title, presenter(s);
(2) Numbers of program contact hours. (One contact hour
equals one hour of continuing education credit.); and
(3) Official signature or verification by program sponsor;
and
f. Contains one of the following content areas:
(1) Theories and concepts of human behavior and the social
environment;
(2) Social work practice knowledge and skills;
(3) Social work research, program evaluation, or practice
evaluation;
(4) Management, administration, and social policy;
(5) Social work ethics as they relate to 645—
280.101(154C); and
(6) An area deemed by the board to be of current
importance.
281.3(2) Specific criteria. Continuing education
hours of credit can be obtained by completing:
a. A minimum of three hours per biennium in social work
ethics.
b. A maximum of 12 hours per biennium for self–study
courses.
c. Academic coursework that meets the criteria set forth in
the rules. Continuing education equivalents are as follows:
1 academic semester hour = 15 continuing education
hours
1 academic quarter hour = 10 continuing education
hours
d. Self–study courses that have a mentor and prior
approval as defined in the rules and are accompanied by a brief paper authored
by the licensee demonstrating application of the learning objectives to practice
issues.
e. Programs designed for the purpose of enhancing the
licensee’s administrative, management or other clinical skills.
f. A program or course which is offered or sponsored by an
approved continuing education sponsor.
g. Activities/programs that are sponsored/approved by ASWB
Approved Continuing Education (ACE) program.
h. Pro–bono/volunteer work that meets the following
criteria:
(1) A licensee may earn a maximum of three of the required 27
hours of continuing education for credit during one biennium by performing
pro–bono/volunteer services for indigent, underserved populations, or in
areas of critical need within the state of Iowa. Such services must be approved
in advance by the board.
(2) A licensee shall make application for prior approval of
pro–bono/volunteer services by sending a letter to the board indicating
that the following requirements will be met:
1. The site for these services is identified including
information about the clients, the services that will be offered, how they will
be performed and the learning objectives.
2. A contract will be established between licensee and
client(s), and each party will be aware that the services are being provided
without charge.
3. The services will be subject to all the legal
responsi–bilities and obligations related to the licensee’s
profession.
4. The licensee will keep records and files of these client
services pursuant to the rules of 645—Chapter 280.
5. A representative from the site for pro–bono/volunteer
services must provide a letter stating that these services are to be performed
by the licensee.
6. Upon review, the licensee will receive a letter from the
board indicating prior approval for these pro–bono/volunteer services that
will be done for continuing education credit.
7. Following completion of such services:
• The licensee must provide
the board a letter stating that the services were performed as
planned.
• The representative on the
site must provide a letter indicating such completion.
645—281.4(154C) Approval of sponsors, programs, and
activities for continuing education.
281.4(1) Approval of sponsors. An applicant
who desires approval as a sponsor of courses, programs, or other continuing
education activities shall, unless exempted elsewhere in these rules, apply for
approval to the board on the form designated by the board stating the
applicant’s educational history for the preceding two years or proposed
plan for the next two years.
a. The form shall include the following:
(1) Date, location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae; and
(4) Evaluation form(s).
b. Records shall be retained by the sponsor for four
years.
c. An attendance record report. The person or organization
sponsoring an approved continuing education activity shall provide a certificate
of attendance or verification to the licensee providing the following
information:
(1) Program date(s);
(2) Course title and presenter;
(3) Location;
(4) Number of clock hours attended and continuing education
hours earned;
(5) Name of sponsor and sponsor number;
(6) Licensee’s name; and
(7) Method of instruction.
d. All approved sponsors shall maintain a copy of the
following:
(1) The continuing education activity;
(2) A list of enrolled licensees’ names and license
numbers; and
(3) Number of continuing education clock hours awarded for a
minimum of four years from the date of the continuing education
activity.
e. The sponsor shall submit a report of all continuing
education programs conducted in the previous year during the assigned month for
reporting designated by the board. The report shall include:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae;
(4) Evaluation form(s); and
(5) A summary of the evaluations completed by the
licensees.
281.4(2) Prior approval of programs/activities.
An organization or person other than an approved sponsor that desires prior
approval of a course, program or other education activity or that desires to
establish accreditation of such activity prior to attendance shall apply for
approval to the board on a form provided by the board at least 60 days in
advance of the commencement of the activity. The board shall approve or deny
such application in writing within 30 days of receipt of such application. The
application shall state:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Course outline;
d. Total hours of instruction; and
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information.
The organization or person shall be notified of approval or
denial by ordinary mail.
281.4(3) Review of programs. Continuing
educationprograms/activities shall be reported every year at the designated time
as assigned by the board. The board may at any time reevaluate an approved
sponsor. If, after reevaluation, the board finds there is cause for revocation
of the approval of an approved sponsor, the board shall give notice of the
revocation to that sponsor by certified mail. The sponsor shall have the right
to hearing regarding the revocation. The request for hearing must be sent
within 20 days after the receipt of the notice of revocation. The hearing shall
be held within 90 days after the receipt of the request for hearing. The board
shall give notice by certified mail to the sponsor of the date set for the
hearing at least 30 days prior to the hearing. The board shall conduct the
hearing in compliance with rule 645—11.9(17A).
281.4(4) Postapproval of activities. A licensee
seeking credit for attendance and participation in an educational activity which
was not conducted by an approved sponsor or otherwise approved shall submit to
the board, within 60 days after completion of such activity, the
following:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Course outline;
d. Total hours of instruction and credit hours
requested;
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information;
f. Request for credit which includes a brief summary of the
activity; and
g. Certificate of attendance or verification.
Within 90 days after receipt of such application, the board
shall advise the licensee in writing by ordinary mail whether the activity is
approved and the number of hours allowed. A licensee not complying with the
requirements of this subrule may be denied credit for such activity.
281.4(5) Voluntary relinquishment. The
approved sponsor may voluntarily relinquish sponsorship by notifying the board
office in writing.
645—281.5(154C) Reporting continuing education by
licensee. At the time of license renewal, each licensee shall be required
to submit a report on continuing education to the board on a
board–approved form.
281.5(1) The information included on the form shall
include:
a. Title of continuing education activity;
b. Date(s);
c. Sponsor of the activity;
d. Board–approved sponsor number; and
e. Number of continuing education hours earned.
281.5(2) Audit of continuing education report. After
each educational biennium, the board will audit a percentage of the continuing
education reports before granting the renewal of licenses to those being
audited.
a. The board will select licensees to be audited.
b. The licensee shall make available to the board for auditing
purposes a copy of the certificate of attendance or verification for all
reported activities that includes the following information:
(1) Date, location, course title, schedule (brochure,
pamphlet, program, presenter(s)) and method of presentation; and
(2) Number of contact hours for program attended.
c. For auditing purposes, the licensee must retain the above
information for two years after the biennium has end–ed.
d. Submission of a false report of continuing education or
failure to meet continuing education requirements may cause the license to lapse
and may result in formal disciplinary action.
e. All renewal license applications that are submitted late
(after the end of the compliance period) may be subject to audit of continuing
education report.
f. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the licensee of responsibility of meeting continuing education
requirements and submitting the renewal fee by the end of the compliance
period.
645—281.6(154C) Reinstatement of lapsed license.
Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after expiration date shall
cause the license to lapse. A person who allows a license to lapse cannot
engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations
governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the
license to lapse may apply to the board for reinstatement of the license.
Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the
applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
2. Pays all of the renewal fees then due;
3. Pays all penalty fees which have been assessed by the board
for failure to renew;
4. Pays reinstatement fee(s); and
5. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of Iowa
continuing education requirements during the period since the license lapsed.
The total number of continuing education hours required for license
reinstatement is computed by multiplying 27 by the number of bienniums since the
license lapsed.
6. If the license has lapsed for more than one biennium, the
applicant shall successfully pass the board–approved licensure
examination.
645—281.7(154C,272C) Continuing education waiver for
active practitioners. A social worker licensed to practice social work
shall be deemed to have complied with the continuing education requirements of
this state during the period that the licensee serves honorably on active duty
in the military services or as a government employee outside the United States
as a practicing social worker.
645—281.8(154C,272C) Continuing education waiver for
inactive practitioners. A licensee who is not engaged in practice in the
state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of continuing education compliance and
obtain a certificate of exemption upon written application to the board. The
application shall contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in
practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing
reinstatement after waiver. The application for a waiver shall be submitted
upon forms provided by the board.
645—281.9(154C,272C) Continuing education waiver for
disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving
disability or illness, grant waivers of the minimum education requirements or
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports.
No waiver or extension of time shall be granted unless written application
therefor is made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee and
appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant waiver of
the minimum educational requirements for any period of time not to exceed one
calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the
disability or illness upon which a waiver has been granted continues beyond the
period of waiver, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver. The
board may, as a condition of any waiver granted, require the applicant to make
up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational requirements waived by
such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
645—281.10(154C,272C) Reinstatement of inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of
compliance with these rules and obtained a certificate of exemption shall, prior
to engaging in the practice of social work in the state of Iowa, satisfy the
following requirements for reinstatement.
281.10(1) Submit written application for reinstatement
to the board upon forms provided by the board with appropriate reinstatement
fee; and
281.10(2) Furnish in the application evidence of one
of the following:
a. Completion of a total number of hours of approved
continuing education computed by multiplying 27 (which includes three hours of
ethics) by the number of bienniums a certificate of exemption shall be in effect
for such applicant; or
b. Successful completion of any or all parts of the
board–approved licensure examination as deemed necessary by the board,
successfully completed within one year immediately prior to the submission of
such application for reinstatement.
645—281.11(272C) Hearings. In the event of
denial, in whole or part, of any application for approval of a continuing
education program or credit for continuing education activity, the applicant,
licensee or program provider shall have the right within 20 days after the
sending of the notification of denial by ordinary mail to request a hearing
which shall be held within 90 days after receipt of the request for hearing.
The hearing shall be conducted by the board or an administrative law judge
designated by the board, in substantial compliance with the hearing procedure
set forth in rule 645—11.9(17A).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 272C.2
and chapter 154C.
ARC 0106B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 1, “Organization and Operation,” and Chapter 3,
“Public Records and Fair Information Practices”; to rescind Chapter
7, “Greyhound Racing,” and adopt a new Chapter 7 with the same
title; to adopt a new Chapter 11, “Gambling Games,” and a new
Chapter 12, “Accounting and Cash Control”; and to rescind Chapter
22, “Manufacturers and Distributors,” Chapter 24, “Accounting
and Cash Control,” and Chapter 26, “Rules of the Games,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Item 1 adopts a waiver rule required by statute.
Items 3, 4 and 5 update the Commission’s version of the
uniform rule on fair information practices.
Item 6 rescinds current Chapter 7 and adopts a new Chapter 7
which incorporates rules on greyhound racing. Many of the rules remain as they
were but have been reorganized within the new Chapter 7. Duplicative rules have
been removed and some rules were rewritten to reflect current practice.
Substantive changes from rescinded Chapter 7 incorporated into new Chapter 7 are
as follows:
– Subrule 7.3(9) requires the clerk of scale to observe
both the weight display and scale platform when reading the weight.
– In subrule 7.7(15), the age of a greyhound pup
eligible to race is changed from 14 months to 16 months.
– Subrule 7.9(7) requires that the facility must list
the weight regulations in the program.
Item 7 adopts a new Chapter 11 which incorporates rules
regarding rules of the games and manufacturers and distributors from Chapters 22
and 26, which are rescinded in Item 9. Many of the rules remain as they were
but have been reorganized within the new Chapter 11. Duplicative rules have
been removed and some rules were rewritten to reflect current
practice.
Item 8 adopts a new Chapter 12 (rescinded IAB 9/6/00, ARC
0105B) which incorporates rules on accounting and cash control from Chapter
24, which is rescinded in Item 9. Many of the rules remain as they were but
have been reorganized within the new Chapter 12. Duplicative rules have been
removed and some rules were rewritten to reflect current practice.
Item 9 rescinds Chapters 22, 24, and 26.
These rules are not subject to a waiver, pending adoption of a
uniform waiver rule.
These proposed amendments were sent out to all the licensees
prior to their going before the Commission. No comments were
received.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before September 26, 2000. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the
Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on September 26, 2000, at
9 a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B,
Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either
orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 491—Chapter 1 by
adopting the following new rule:
491—1.8(17A,99D,99F) Granting of a waiver. For
purposes of this rule, a waiver or variance means action by the commission that
suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied
to an identified entity on the basis of the particular circumstances of that
entity. For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a
waiver and a variance.
1.8(1) Scope of rule. This rule outlines generally
applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting of a waiver from
rules adopted by the commission in situations where no other more specifically
applicable law provides for waivers. To the extent another more specific
provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a particular rule, the
more specific provision shall supersede this rule with respect to any waiver
from that rule.
1.8(2) Applicability of rule. The commission may only
grant a waiver from a rule if the commission has jurisdiction over the rule and
the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes, constitutional
provisions, or other provisions of law. The commission may not waive
requirements created or duties imposed by statute.
1.8(3) Criteria for waiver. In response to a petition
completed pursuant to subrule 1.8(5), the commission may in its sole discretion
issue an order waiving in whole or in part the requirements of a rule if the
commission finds, based on clear and convincing evidence, all of the
following:
a. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the entity for whom the waiver is requested;
b. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
entity;
c. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
d. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
1.8(4) Filing of petition. A petition for a waiver
must be submitted in writing to the commission, as follows:
a. License application. If the petition relates to a license
application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the filing
requirements for the license in question.
b. Contested cases. If the petition relates to a pending
contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case proceeding,
using the caption of the contested case.
c. Other. If the petition does not relate to a license
application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted to the
administrator.
1.8(5) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
shall include the following information where applicable and known to the
requester:
a. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver is being requested, and the case number of any related
contested case.
b. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
c. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
d. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in subrule 1.8(3).
This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to
the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons
that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the commission and
the petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the
proposed waiver, including a description of each affected license held by the
requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five
years.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding the
commission’s treatment of similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
h. The name, address and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the commission with information
relevant to the waiver.
1.8(6) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver, the commission may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the
commission may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request, schedule
a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
administrator, a committee of the commission, or a quorum of the
commission.
1.8(7) Notice. The commission shall acknowledge a
petition upon receipt. The commission shall ensure that notice of the pendency
of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been provided to all
persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law, within 30 days of
the receipt of the petition. In addition, the commission may give notice to
other persons.
To accomplish this notice provision, the commission may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to the
commission attesting that notice has been provided.
1.8(8) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply to
any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case and shall otherwise
apply to agency proceedings for a waiver only when the commission so provides by
rule or order or is required to do so by statute.
1.8(9) Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver
shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person and
rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a statement of the relevant
facts, reasons upon which the action is based, and a description of the precise
scope and duration of the waiver if one is issued.
1.8(10) Board discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the commission, upon consideration of all relevant factors.
Each petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the commission based on the
unique, individual circumstances set out in the petition.
1.8(11) Burden of persuasion. The burden of
persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the commission should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver
from a commission rule.
1.8(12) Narrowly tailored exception. A waiver, if
granted, shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a
rule.
1.8(13) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the commission
shall balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the
overall goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
1.8(14) Conditions. The commission may place any
condition on a waiver that the commission finds desirable to protect the public
health, safety, and welfare.
1.8(15) Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the commission, a waiver may be renewed if
the commission finds that grounds for the waiver continue to exist.
1.8(16) Time for ruling. The commission shall grant
or deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall
do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later
date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the commission shall
grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in
that contested case is issued.
1.8(17) When deemed denied. Failure of the commission
to grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the commission. However, the commission shall remain
responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
1.8(18) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this rule shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
1.8(19) Public availability. All orders granting or
denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for public
inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a waiver and
orders granting or denying a waiver petition are public records under Iowa Code
chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain information the commission is
authorized or required to keep confidential. The commission may accordingly
redact confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public
inspection.
1.8(20) Summary reports. Semiannually, the commission
shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a waiver has been
granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or denied for each
rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by these rules, and a
general summary of the reasons justifying the commission’s actions on
waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent to which
the granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the rule
itself. Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection and
shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules coordinator and the
administrative rules review committee.
1.8(21) Cancellation of a waiver. A waiver issued by
the commission pursuant to this rule may be withdrawn, canceled, or modified if,
after appropriate notice and hearing, the commission issues an order finding any
of the following:
a. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver;
b. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety, and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
c. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
1.8(22) Violations. Violation of a condition in a
waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular rule for which
the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver under this rule
who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the same remedies or
penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
1.8(23) Defense. After the commission issues an order
granting a waiver the order is a defense within its terms and the specific facts
indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains in any proceeding in
which the rule in question is sought to be invoked.
1.8(24) Judicial review. Judicial review of the
commission’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
ITEM 2. Amend 491—Chapter 1,
implementation sentence, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2206, and Iowa Code chapters 99D and 99F.
ITEM 3. Amend 491—Chapter 3,
title, as follows:
CHAPTER 3
PUBLIC RECORDS AND
FAIR
INFORMATION PRACTICES
ITEM 4. Amend 491—Chapter 3,
introductory paragraph, as follows:
The racing and gaming commission adopts, with the following
exceptions and amendments, rules of the Governor’s Task Force on Uniform
Rules of Agency Procedure relating to public records and fair
information practices which are printed in the first volume of the Iowa
Administrative Code.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 3.3(7),
paragraph “c,” byinserting “30 minutes” in lieu
of the words “(specify time period)”.
ITEM 6. Rescind 491—Chapter
7 and adopt the following new Chapter 7 as follows:
CHAPTER 7
GREYHOUND RACING
491—7.1(99D) Terms defined. As used in these
rules, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions
apply:
“Bertillion card” means a card that lists the
identifying features of a greyhound.
“Bolt” means when a greyhound leaves the race
course during the running of an official race.
“Commission” means the racing and gaming
commission.
“Dead heat” means when two or more greyhounds
reach the finish line of a race at the same time.
“Double entry” means entry of two or more
greyhounds in the same race from the same kennel or same owner that are separate
wagering interests.
“Draw” means the process of selecting runners and
the process of assigning post positions in a manner to ensure compliance with
the conditions of the rules of racing.
“Entrance fee” means a fee set by the facility
that must be paid in order to make a greyhound eligible for a stakes
race.
“Facility” means an entity licensed by the
commission to conduct pari–mutuel wagering or gaming operations in
Iowa.
“Facility grounds” means all real property
utilized by the facility in the conduct of its race meeting, including the
racetrack, grandstand, concession stands, offices, kennel area, parking lots,
and any other areas under the jurisdiction of the commission.
“Foreign substance” means any drug, medicine, or
any other substance uncommon to the greyhound’s body which can or
may affect the racing condition of a greyhound or which can or may
affect sampling or testing procedures.
“Forfeit” means money due but lost because of an
error, fault, neglect of duty, breach of contract, or a penalty.
“Greyhound” means a greyhound registered with the
National Greyhound Association.
“Licensee” means a person that has been issued a
current license to participate in racing in Iowa.
“Lock–out kennel” means the secure and
restricted facility within the paddock used to temporarily house entered
greyhounds prior to their participation in the current performance.
“NGA” means the National Greyhound
Association.
“No Race” means a race canceled for any
reason by the stewards.
“Owner” means any person or entity that holds any
title, right of interest, whole or partial, in a greyhound, including the lessee
and lessor of a greyhound.
“Post position” means the position assigned to a
greyhound for the start of the race.
“Post time” means the scheduled starting time for
a contest.
“Rule off” means the act of barring a greyhound
from the grounds of a facility and denying all racing privileges.
“Scratch” means the act of withdrawing an entered
greyhound from a race after the program is printed.
“Tote/totalizator” means the machines that sell
mutuel tickets and the board on which the approximate odds are posted.
491—7.2(99D) Facility’s
responsibilities.
7.2(1) Racetrack. Each facility shall provide
a race course which:
a. Is constructed and elevated in a manner that is safe and
humane for greyhounds.
b. Has a surface, including cushion subsurface and base,
constructed of materials and to a depth that adequately provides for the safety
of the greyhounds.
c. Has a drainage system that is approved by the
commission.
d. Must be approved by the commission and be subject to
periodic inspections by the stewards.
7.2(2) Equipment. Each facility shall install,
and maintain in good working condition, the following equipment and provide for
qualified personnel to operate:
a. Equipment necessary to produce adequate videotapes and
record each race from start to finish. Videotapes shall be retained and secured
by the facility until the first day of the following racing season.
b. Communications systems between the stewards, mutuel
department, starting box, public address announcer, paddock, and necessary
on–track racing officials.
c. A starting box and mechanical lure approved by the
commission.
7.2(3) Vacancies.
a. When a vacancy occurs among the racing officials other than
the stewards prior to post time of the first race of the day, or when a vacancy
occurs after the racing of the day has started, the facility shall immediately
fill the vacancy, subject to approval by the board of stewards. Permanent
changes of racing officials during the racing meet shall be requested in writing
by the licensee subject to the written approval of the
administrator or commission representative before the change occurs.
b. If none of the stewards are present prior to post time of
the first race of the day, the management of the facility shall name at least
three qualified persons to serve during the absence of the stewards,
immediately filing a full written report of the absence and the names of the
replacements to the commission.
7.2(4) Other responsibilities.
a. The facility shall provide an area located within a
reasonable proximity of the paddock for the purpose of collecting body fluid
samples for any tests required by the commission. The location, arrangement,
and furnishings, including refrigeration and hot and cold running water, must be
approved by the commission.
b. The facility shall take such measures needed to maintain
the security of the greyhounds while on facility grounds to protect them from
injury, vexing, or tampering.
c. The facility shall exclude all persons from the kennel
compound area who have no designated duty or authority with the greyhounds
entered and are not representatives of the commission, racing officials, duly
authorized licensed employees, or escorted guests with facility approved
passes.
d. The facility shall periodically, or whenever the stewards
deem necessary, remove soiled surface materials from runs, the detention area
for collection of samples, and exercise areas and replace with clean surface
materials.
491—7.3(99D) Racing
officials—duties.
7.3(1) Racing officials—general.
a. The officials of a race meeting shall include: the board of
stewards (track steward and state stewards); commission veterinarian;
commission veterinary assistants; director of racing; mutuel manager; racing
secretary; assistant racing secretary; chart writer; paddock judge; clerk of
scales; lure operator; brakeman; photo finish operator/timer; starter;
patrol judge; and kennel master.
b. All racing officials, except the state stewards, commission
veterinarian and commission veterinary assistants, shall be appointed by the
facility. Appointments by the facility are subject to the approval of the
commission or commission representative. The commission or commission
representative may demand a change of personnel for what the commission deems
good and sufficient reason. The appointment of a successor to racing officials
shall be subject to the approval of the administrator or commission
representative.
c. Racing officials are prohibited from the following
activities:
(1) Having any interest in the sale, lease, purchase, or
ownership of any greyhound racing at the meeting, or its sire or dam.
(2) Wagering on the outcome of a race at the facility where
they are employed.
(3) Owning a business or being employed by a business that
does business with the facility.
(4) Accepting or receiving money or anything of value for
assistance in connection with the racing official’s
duties.
7.3(2) Stewards.
a. There shall be three stewards for each racing meet, two of
whom shall be appointed by the commission and one who shall be nominated by the
facility for approval by the commission or commission representative.
b. The laws of Iowa and the rules of the commission supersede
the conditions of a race. In matters pertaining to racing, the orders of the
stewards supersede the orders of the officers of the facility.
c. The stewards shall have the authority to interpret the
rules and to decide all questions not specifically covered by the
rules.
d. All questions pertaining to the extent of the
stewards’ authority shall be determined by a majority of the
stewards.
e. The stewards shall have the authority to regulate owners,
trainers, kennel helpers, all other persons attendant to greyhounds, racing
officials, and licensed personnel of the racing meet and those persons addressed
by 491—paragraph 4.6(5)“e.”
f. The stewards shall have the authority to determine all
questions arising with reference to entries and racing.
g. The stewards shall have the authority to call for proof
that a greyhound is neither itself disqualified in any respect, nor nominated
by, nor the property, wholly or in part, of a disqualified person, and in
default of proof being given to their satisfaction, they may declare the
greyhound disqualified.
h. The stewards shall have the authority to order at any time
an examination of any greyhound entered for a race or which has run in a
race.
i. The stewards shall take notice of any questionable conduct,
with or without complaint, and shall investigate promptly and render a decision
on every objection and on every complaint made to them.
j. The stewards, in order to maintain necessary safety and
health conditions and to protect the public confidence in greyhound racing as a
sport, shall have the right to authorize a person(s) on their behalf to enter
into or upon the buildings, kennels, rooms, motor vehicles, trailers, or other
places within the grounds of a facility, to examine same, and to inspect and
examine the person, personal property, and effects of any person within such
place, and to seize any illegal articles or any items as evidence
found.
k. The steward(s) present shall appoint one or two persons to
serve as temporary stewards if a vacancy or vacancies occur among the
stewards.
l. The stewards may excuse a greyhound, after it has left
the paddock for the post, if they consider the greyhound injured, disabled,
or unfit to run. All money on the greyhound shall be refunded.
m. The stewards shall determine the finish of a race by the
relative position of the muzzle, or nose if the muzzle is lost or hanging, of
each greyhound. They shall immediately notify the mutuel department of the
numbers of the first three (four in races with superfecta wagering)
greyhounds.
(1) The stewards shall promptly display the numbers of the
first three (four in races with superfecta wagering) greyhounds in each race in
order of their finishes. If the stewards differ in their placing, the majority
shall prevail.
(2) The stewards may consult a picture from the photo finish
camera whenever they consider it advisable; however, in all cases, the camera is
merely an aid and the decision of the stewards shall be final.
(3) The stewards may post, without waiting for a picture, such
placements as are in their opinion unquestionable and, after consulting the
picture, make other placements. However, in no case shall the race be declared
official until the stewards have determined the greyhounds finishing first,
second and third (and fourth in races with superfecta wagering).
(4) The stewards may correct an error before the display of
the sign “Official” or recall the sign “Official” in
case it has been displayed through error.
n. The stewards may place any greyhound on the schooling list
at any time for any reason that, in their opinion, warrants such
action.
7.3(3) Commission veterinarian and veterinary
assistants.
a. The commission veterinarian shall advise the commission and
the stewards on all veterinary matters.
b. The commission veterinarian shall be on the grounds of the
facility at weigh–in time and during all racing hours. The veterinarian
shall make an examination of the physical condition of each greyhound at
weigh–in time.
c. The commission veterinarian shall observe each greyhound as
it enters the lock–out kennel, examine it when it enters the paddock prior
to the race, and recommend to the board of stewards that any greyhound deemed
unsafe to race or physically unfit to produce a satisfactory effort in a race be
scratched.
d. The commission veterinarian shall place any greyhound
determined to be sick or have a communicable disease, or any greyhound deemed
unsafe, unsound, or unfit, on a veterinarian’s list which shall be posted
in a conspicuous place available to all owners, trainers, and racing officials.
Once a greyhound has been placed on the veterinarian’s list, it must
remain on the list for at least three calendar days and may be allowed to race
only after it has been removed from the list by the commission veterinarian.
e. The commission veterinarian shall have full access to each
and every kennel where greyhounds are kenneled on the facility premises. The
commission veterinarian shall inspect the general physical condition of the
greyhounds, sanitary conditions of the kennels, segregation of female greyhounds
in season, segregation of sick greyhounds, the types of medicine found in use,
incidents of cruel and inhumane treatment, and any other matters or
conditions which are brought to the attention of the commission
veterinarian.
f. The commission veterinarian shall have supervision and
control of the detention area for collection of body fluid samples for the
testing of greyhounds for prohibited medication.
g. The commission veterinarian shall not be licensed to
participate in racing in any other capacity. Except in the case of an
emergency, a commission veterinarian may not prescribe any medication for, or
treat, any greyhound owned by a person licensed by the commission, on or away
from any facility, with or without compensation. This provision does not apply
to a relief veterinarian appointed by the administrator to cover the absence of
the commission veterinarian. When emergency treatment is given, a commission
veterinarian shall make a complete written report to the stewards. Euthanasia
and disposition of greyhounds shall not be considered treatment.
h. The commission veterinarian shall conduct a postmortem
examination on every greyhound to determine the injury or sickness which
resulted in the euthanasia or death if:
(1) A greyhound suffers a breakdown on the
racetrack.
(2) A greyhound expires while kenneled on facility
grounds.
i. Commission veterinary assistant. The commission
veterinarian may employ persons to assist in maintaining the detention area and
collecting body fluid samples.
7.3(4) Director of racing.
a. The director of racing shall have full supervision over
kennel owners, greyhound owners, trainers, kennel helpers, lead–outs, and
all racing officials.
b. The director of racing shall ascertain that all racing
department personnel are properly trained in the discharge of their
duties.
7.3(5) Mutuel manager. The mutuel manager is
responsible for the operation of the mutuel department. The mutuel manager
shall ensure that any delays in the running of official races caused by
totalizator malfunctions are reported to the stewards. The mutuel manager shall
submit a written report on a delay when requested by the state
steward.
7.3(6) Racing secretary and assistant racing
secretary.
a. The racing secretary shall discharge all duties whether
expressed or required by the rules and shall keep a complete record of all
races.
b. The racing secretary is responsible for maintaining a file
of all NGA lease (or appropriate substitute) and ownership papers on greyhounds
racing at the meeting. The racing secretary shall inspect all papers and
documents dealing with owners and trainers, partnership agreements, appointments
of authorized agents, and adoption of kennel names to be sure they are accurate,
complete, and up to date. The racing secretary has the authority to demand the
production of any documents or other evidence in order to be satisfied as to
their validity and authenticity to ensure compliance with the rules. The racing
secretary shall be responsible for the care and security of the papers while the
greyhounds are located on facility property. Disclosure is made for the benefit
of the public and all documents pertaining to the ownership or lease of a
greyhound filed with the racing secretary shall be available for public
inspection.
c. The racing secretary shall ensure that current valid
vaccination certificates for diseases, as determined by the commission
veterinarian, are submitted for greyhounds housed within facility property. The
racing secretary shall also maintain records of vaccinations in such a manner as
to notify the stewards, the commission veterinarian, and the trainer of
impending expiration ten days prior to the actual date of expiration.
d. The racing secretary shall receive and enter all entries
and withdrawals as set forth in this chapter. Conditions of races shall not
conflict with commission rules and the racing secretary shall, each day, as soon
as the entries have closed and been compiled and the withdrawals have
been made, post in a conspicuous place an overnight listing of the greyhounds in
each race. The racing secretary shall make every effort to ensure fairness and
equal opportunity for all greyhound owners and kennel owners in the drawing of
all races.
e. The racing secretary shall not allow any greyhound to start
in a race unless the greyhound is entered in the name of the legal owner and the
owner’s name appears on the registration papers, a legal lease, or bill of
sale attached to the registration papers.
f. The racing secretary shall not allow any greyhound to start
in a race if it is in any way ineligible or disqualified.
g. Assistant racing secretary. The facility may employ an
assistant racing secretary who shall assist the racing secretary in the
performance of duties and serve under the supervision of the racing
secretary.
7.3(7) Chart writer.
a. The chart writer shall compile the information necessary
for a program that shall be printed for each racing day. The program shall
contain the names of the greyhounds that are to run in each of the races for
that day. These names shall appear in the order of their post positions to be
designated by numerals placed at the left and in lines with the names of the
greyhounds in each race.
b. The program or form sheet must carry at least two past
performances of each greyhound scheduled to race. The program or form sheet
must also contain name; color; sex; date of whelping; breeding; established
racing weight; number of starts in official races; number of times finishing
first, second and third; name of owner or lessee (if applicable); name of
trainer; distance of race; track record; and other information to enable the
public to properly judge the greyhound’s ability.
c. If a greyhound’s name is changed, the new
name, together with the former name, shall be published in the official entries
and program until after the greyhound has started six times.
7.3(8) Paddock judge.
a. The paddock judge shall complete a Bertillion card for each
greyhound prior to entering official schooling or an official race, by a
physical inspection of each greyhound and comparison with NGA ownership papers.
Inconsistencies between the physical inspection and NGA papers shall be noted on
the Bertillion card, and significant inconsistencies shall be
reported to the stewards.
b. The paddock judge shall fully identify and check, using the
Bertillion card index system of identification maintained by the facility, all
greyhounds starting in schooling and official races while in the paddock
before post time. No greyhound shall be permitted to start in an official
schooling race or official race that has not been fully identified and checked
against the Bertillion card. The paddock judge shall report to the stewards any
greyhound(s) that does not conform to the card index identification.
c. The paddock judge shall provide to the stewards, at the
beginning of each race meeting and during the meeting if requested by the
stewards due to inaccuracies or exceptional circumstances, written certification
of the accuracy of the official scale used for weighing greyhounds.
d. The paddock judge shall supervise the kennel master and
lead–outs in the performance of their duties.
e. The paddock judge shall not allow any greyhound to be
weighed in unless it has an identification tag attached to its collar
indicating the number of the race in which the greyhound is entered and its post
position. This tag shall not be removed until the greyhound has been weighed
out and blanketed.
f. The paddock judge shall not allow anyone to weigh in a
greyhound for racing unless the person has a valid kennel owner’s,
trainer’s, or assistant trainer’s license issued by the
commission.
g. The paddock judge shall not allow any greyhound to leave
the paddock for the starting box unless it is equipped with a regulation
muzzle and blanket. The blanket worn by each greyhound shall prominently
display the numeral corresponding to the greyhound’s assigned post
position. The muzzles and blankets used shall be approved by the paddock
judge, who shall carefully examine them in the paddock before the greyhound
leaves for the post to ensure they are properly fitted and secured.
h. The paddock judge shall keep on hand and ready for use
extra muzzles of all sizes, lead straps, and collars.
i. The paddock judge shall assign post positions to
lead–outs by lot and maintain a record of all such assignments.
j. The paddock judge shall report all delays and weight
violations to the stewards.
7.3(9) Clerk of scales.
a. The clerk of scales shall weigh all greyhounds in and out
in a uniform manner and observe the weight display and scale platform when
reading the weight.
b. The clerk of scales shall post a scale sheet of weights
promptly in a conspicuous location after weighing.
c. The clerk of scales shall prevent a greyhound from passing
the scales if there should be a weight variation as set forth in subrules
7.9(4), 7.9(5), and 7.9(6). The clerk of scales shall promptly notify the
paddock judge of the weight variation, who will report to the stewards any
infraction of the rules as to weight or weighing.
d. The clerk of scales shall report all late scratches and
weights for display on the tote board or on a bulletin board located in a place
conspicuous to the wagering public.
e. The clerk of scales shall ensure that all greyhounds are
weighed in and weighed out with a muzzle, collar, and lead strap.
f. The clerk of scales shall keep a list of all greyhounds
known by the racing officials to be consistent weight losers while in the
lock–out kennel and shall notify the stewards as to the weight loss of any
such greyhound before each race.
7.3(10) Lure operator.
a. The lure operator shall operate the lure in a smooth,
uniform, and consistent manner so as not to impede or otherwise disrupt the
running of the race.
b. The lure operator shall ensure the distance between the
lure and lead greyhound is consistent with the distance prescribed by the
stewards.
c. The lure operator shall take into consideration the
location on the course and the prevailing weather conditions to maintain the
appropriate distance of the lure from the lead greyhound.
d. The lure operator shall be held accountable by the stewards
for the lure’s operation.
e. The lure operator shall determine that the lure is in good
operating condition and shall immediately report any circumstance that may
prevent the normal, consistent operation of the lure to the stewards.
7.3(11) Brakeman.
a. Prior to the running of each race, the brakeman
shall:
(1) Ensure the brake system is in good operating condition,
which includes properly unlocking the brake.
(2) Inspect the lure motor for any noticeable
malfunctions.
(3) Ensure the lure is secured and the arm is fully extended
into a stable and locked position.
(4) Inspect the rail to ensure it is in perfect repair and
free of debris.
b. The brakeman shall ensure the arm has retracted and stop
the lure in a safe and consistent manner after each race is
finished.
7.3(12) Photo finish operator/timer.
a. The photo finish operator/timer shall maintain the photo
finish and timing equipment in proper working order and shall photograph each
race.
b. The photo finish operator/timer shall be responsible for
and declare the official time of each race. The time of the race shall be taken
from the opening of the doors of the starting box.
c. The timer shall use the time shown on the timing device as
the official time of the race if the timer is satisfied that the timing device
is functioning properly; otherwise, the timer shall use the time recorded
manually with a stopwatch.
7.3(13) Starter.
a. The starter shall give orders and take measures not in
conflict with commission rules necessary to secure a fair start. There shall be
no start until, and no recall after, the doors of the starting box have opened
except under subrules 7.12(10) and 7.12(11).
b. The starter shall report causes of delay to the
stewards.
7.3(14) Patrol judge.
a. The patrol judge shall supervise the lead–outs and
greyhounds from paddock to post.
b. The patrol judge, in view of the stewards and the public,
shall inspect the muzzles and blankets of greyhounds to ensure muzzles and
blankets are properly fitted and secured after the greyhounds have left
the paddock.
c. The patrol judge shall assist the starter in the
starter’s duties upon the arrival of the lead–outs and greyhounds at
the starting box.
7.3(15) Kennel master.
a. The kennel master shall unlock the prerace lock–out
kennels immediately before weigh in to inspect that the lock–out kennels
are in proper working order and that nothing has been deposited in any of the
lock–out crates.
b. The kennel master or designee must receive the greyhounds
from the trainer, one at a time, and ensure that each greyhound is placed in its
lock–out crate and continue to ensure the security of the lock–out
area from weigh in until the time when greyhounds are removed for the last race
of a performance.
c. The kennel master shall, on a daily basis, ensure that the
lock–out kennels are sprayed, disinfected, and maintained in proper
sanitary condition and at an appropriate temperature and climate.
491—7.4(99D) Lead–outs.
7.4(1) A lead–out shall lead the greyhounds
from the paddock to the starting box. Owners, trainers, or attendants will not
be allowed to lead their own greyhounds.
7.4(2) Each lead–out will lead only one
greyhound from the paddock to the starting box during official races. In
official schooling races, no more than two greyhounds may be led from the
paddock to the starting box by one lead–out.
7.4(3) Lead–outs must handle the greyhounds in a
humane manner, put the assigned greyhound in its proper box before the race, and
then retire to their designated post during the running of the race.
7.4(4) Lead–outs are prohibited from holding any
conversation with the public or with one another en route to the starting
box or while returning to the paddock.
7.4(5) Lead–outs shall be attired in clean
uniforms, pre–sent a neat appearance, and conduct themselves in an orderly
manner.
7.4(6) Lead–outs are prohibited from smoking,
drinking beverages other than water, or eating unless on duly authorized breaks
in a designated area.
7.4(7) Lead–outs shall not be permitted to have
any interest in the greyhounds racing for the facility.
7.4(8) Lead–outs are prohibited from wagering on
the result of any greyhound racing at the facility where they are
assigned.
7.4(9) Lead–outs shall immediately report any
infirmities or physical problems they observe in greyhounds under their care to
the nearest racing official for communication to the commission
veterinarian.
7.4(10) Lead–outs shall not remove racing
blankets until the greyhounds are accepted by licensed kennel representatives at
the conclusion of the race.
7.4(11) Lead–outs may assist the kennel master
in the performance of the kennel master’s duties.
491—7.5(99D) Trainers and assistant
trainers.
7.5(1) A trainer shall prevent the administration of
any drug, medication, or other prohibited substance that may cause a violation
of commission rules. The trainer is responsible for the condition of a
greyhound entered in an official race and, in the absence of substantial
evidence to the contrary, is responsible for the presence of any prohibited
drug, medication, or other substance, regardless of the acts of third parties.
A positive test for a prohibited drug, medication, or substance, as reported by
a commission–approved laboratory, is prima facie evidence of a violation
of this rule or Iowa Code chapter 99D.
7.5(2) Other responsibilities. A trainer is
responsible for:
a. Ensuring that facilities and primary enclosures are cleaned
and sanitized as may be necessary to reduce disease hazards and odors. Runs and
exercise areas having gravel or other nonpermanent surface materials shall be
sanitized by periodic removal of soiled materials, application of suitable
disinfectants, and replacement with clean surface materials.
b. Ensuring that fire prevention rules are strictly observed
in the assigned area.
c. Providing a list to the state steward(s) of the
trainer’s employees in any area under the jurisdiction of the commission.
The list shall include each employee’s name, occupation, social security
number, and occupational license number. The commission shall be notified by
the trainer, in writing, within 24 hours of any change.
d. Ensuring the proper identity, custody, care, health,
condition, and safety of greyhounds in the trainer’s charge.
e. Disclosing to the racing secretary the true and entire
ownership of each greyhound in the trainer’s care upon its arrival
on the facility’s property, at time of license application, or entry,
whichever event occurs first, and making revision immediately upon any
subsequent change in ownership. The disclosure, together with all written
agreements and affidavits setting out oral agreements pertaining to the
ownership for, or rights in and to, a greyhound, shall be attached to the
registration certificate for the greyhound and filed with the racing
secretary.
f. Ensuring that greyhounds under the trainer’s care
have a completed Bertillion card on file with the paddock judge prior to being
entered for official schooling or official races.
g. Ensuring that greyhounds under the trainer’s care
have not been trained using a live lure or live bait.
h. Using the services of those veterinarians licensed by the
commission to attend greyhounds that are kenneled on facility grounds.
i. Promptly reporting to the stewards and the commission
veterinarian the serious illness of any greyhound in the trainer’s charge.
j. Promptly reporting the death of any greyhound in the
trainer’s care on facility grounds to the stewards, owner, and the
commission veterinarian and complying with the rules on postmortem examination
set forth in paragraph 7.3(3)“h.”
k. Immediately reporting to the stewards and the commission
veterinarian if the trainer knows, or has cause to believe, that a greyhound in
the trainer’s custody, care, or control has received any prohibited drugs
or medication.
l. Having the trainer’s greyhound at the weigh–in
room promptly at the time appointed. If not, the greyhound may be scratched and
the trainer may be subject to disciplinary action.
m. When a trainer is to be absent 24 hours or more from the
kennel or grounds where greyhounds are racing, the trainer shall provide a
licensed trainer or assistant trainer to assume complete responsibility for all
greyhounds under the trainer’s care, and both shall sign a
“trainer’s responsibility form” which must be approved by the
stewards.
7.5(3) Assistant trainers.
a. Upon the demonstration of a valid need, a trainer may
employ an assistant trainer as approved by the stewards.
b. An assistant trainer may substitute for and shall assume
the same duties, responsibilities, and restrictions as imposed on the licensed
trainer. The trainer shall be jointly responsible for the assistant
trainer’s compliance with commission rules.
491—7.6(99D) Registration.
7.6(1) No greyhound shall be entered or permitted to
race or to be schooled at any facility unless properly tattooed and
registered by the NGA and, if applicable, its last four past–performance
lines are made available to the racing secretary. The NGA shall be recognized
as the official breeding registry of all greyhounds.
7.6(2) A certificate of registration for each greyhound
shall be filed with the racing secretary at the racetrack where the greyhound is
to be schooled, entered, or raced. All certificates of registration must be
available at all times for inspection by the stewards.
7.6(3) All transfers of any title to a leasehold or
other interest in greyhounds schooled, entered, or racing at any facility shall
be registered and recorded with the NGA.
7.6(4) No title or other interest in any greyhound will
be recognized by the commission until the title or other interest is evidenced
by written instrument duly filed with and recorded by the NGA. Certified copies
of the written instrument shall be filed with the racing secretary at the
facility where the greyhound is to be schooled, entered, or raced, and, upon
request, with the commission. When a greyhound is leased, the lessee of the
greyhound shall file a copy of the lease agreement with the racing secretary
and, upon request, with the commission. The lease agreement shall
include:
a. The name of the greyhound.
b. The name and address of the owner.
c. The name and address of the lessee.
d. The kennel name, if any, of each party.
e. The terms of the lease.
7.6(5) Whenever a greyhound, or any interest in a
greyhound, is sold or transferred, a copy of the NGA transfer of ownership
documents must be filed with the racing secretary, who must forward it to the
commission upon request.
7.6(6) When a greyhound is sold with engagements, or
any part of them, the written acknowledgment of both parties that the
greyhound was sold with the engagements is necessary to entitle the seller or
buyer to any rights or obligations set forth in the transaction. If certain
engagements are specified, only those are sold with the greyhound. When the
greyhound is sold by public auction, the advertised conditions of the sale are
sufficient evidence and, if certain engagements are specified, only those are
sold with the greyhound.
7.6(7) Vaccination certificates.
a. All NGA certificates must be accompanied by a current valid
vaccination certificate for rabies and other diseases as determined by the
commission veterinarian and administrator. This certificate must indicate
vaccination by a duly licensed veterinarian against such diseases. The criteria
for vaccination will be disclosed seven days before the opening of each racing
season and will be subject to continuing review. The criteria may be revised at
any time and in any manner deemed appropriate by the commission veterinarian and
the administrator.
b. Upon expiration of a vaccination certificate, the greyhound
must be removed from the premises immediately.
491—7.7(99D) Entries.
7.7(1) Persons entering greyhounds to run at
facilities agree in so doing to accept the decision of the stewards on any
questions relating to a race or racing.
7.7(2) Every entry for a race must be in the name of
the registered owner, lessee, or a kennel name and may be made in person, in
writing, by telephone, or by fax. The full name of every person having an
ownership in a greyhound, accepting the trainer’s percentage, or having
any interest in its winnings must be registered with the racing secretary before
the greyhound starts at any meeting.
7.7(3) A greyhound shall not be qualified to run in
any race unless it has been, and continues to be, duly entered for the same. A
greyhound eligible at the time of entry shall continue to be qualified unless
the conditions of a race specify otherwise or the greyhound is disqualified by
violation of commission rules. A greyhound must be eligible at the time of the
start to be qualified for an overnight event.
7.7(4) The entrance to a race shall be free unless
otherwise stipulated in its conditions. If the conditions require an entrance
fee, it must accompany the entry or the greyhound shall be considered
ineligible.
a. A person entering a greyhound becomes liable for the
entrance money or stake.
b. A greyhound shall not become a starter for a race unless
any stake or entrance money required for that race has been duly paid.
c. Entrance money is not refunded on the death or withdrawal
of a greyhound, because of a mistake in its entry if the greyhound is
ineligible, or the greyhound’s failure to start.
d. If the racing secretary should allow a greyhound to start
in a race without its entrance money or stake having been paid, the facility
shall be liable for the entrance money or stake.
e. If a race is not run, all stakes or entrance money shall be
refunded.
f. No entry, or right of entry under it, shall become void
upon the death of the person who entered the greyhound.
7.7(5) The entrance money required for a race shall be
distributed as provided in the conditions of the race.
7.7(6) Any person having an interest in a greyhound
that is less than the interest or property of any other person is not entitled
to assume any of the rights or duties of an owner as provided by commission
rules, including but not limited to the right of entry and
declaration.
7.7(7) Joint subscriptions and entries may be made by
any one or more of the owners. However, all partners shall be jointly and
severally liable for all fees and forfeits.
7.7(8) The racing officials shall have the right to
call on any person in whose name a greyhound is entered to produce proof that
the greyhound entered is not the property, either wholly or in part, of any
person who is disqualified or to produce proof as to the extent of
interest or property a person holds in the greyhound. The greyhound
shall be considered ineligible if such proof is not provided.
7.7(9) No greyhound shall be permitted to start that
has not been fully identified.
7.7(10) Any person who knowingly attempts to establish
the identity of a greyhound or its ownership shall be held to account the same
as the owner and shall be subject to the same penalty in case of fraud or
attempted fraud.
7.7(11) No disqualified greyhound shall be allowed to
enter or to start in any race. A greyhound will be considered disqualified if
the greyhound is:
a. Owned in whole or in part or is under the control, directly
or indirectly, of a disqualified person.
b. Not conditioned by a licensed trainer.
c. On the schooling list or the veterinarian’s
list.
d. A female greyhound in season or lactating.
e. Disqualified by any other commission rule.
7.7(12) Entries that have closed shall be compiled and
conspicuously posted without delay by the racing secretary.
a. Entries for stakes races shall close at the time advertised
and no entry shall be accepted after that time.
b. In the absence of notice to the contrary, entrance and
withdrawals for sweepstakes which close during or on the eve of a race
meeting shall close at the office of the racing secretary who shall make
provisions therefor. Closing at all other times for sweepstakes shall be at the
office of the facility.
7.7(13) No alteration shall be made in any entry after
closing of entries, but an error may be corrected.
7.7(14) No trainer or owner shall have more than two
greyhounds in any race except in stakes or sweepstakes races. No double entries
shall be allowed until all single interests eligible for the performance are
used and double entries shall be uncoupled for wagering purposes. Double
entries shall be prohibited in all twin trifecta and tri–super
races.
7.7(15) No greyhound under the age of 16 months shall
be eligible to enter or race.
7.7(16) The facility shall have the right to withdraw
or change any unclosed race. In the event the number of entries to any stakes
race is in excess of the number of greyhounds that may, because of track
limitations, be permitted to start, the starters for the race shall be
determined by the racing secretary, in accordance with the conditions of the
race.
7.7(17) No greyhound that has been trained using a
live lure or live bait shall be entered to race at a facility in the state of
Iowa.
7.7(18) The starting post position of greyhounds shall
be assigned by lot or drawing supervised by the racing secretary at a time and
place properly posted in the paddock, at least one day prior to the running of
the races so that any and all owners, trainers, or authorized agents interested
may be present if they so desire.
491—7.8(99D) Withdrawals and
scratches.
7.8(1) The withdrawal of a greyhound from
an engagement is irrevocable.
7.8(2) Withdrawals from sweepstakes shall be
made to the racing secretary in the same manner as for making entries. The
racing secretary shall record the day and hour of receipt and give early
publicity thereto.
7.8(3) Withdrawals from official races
must be made by the owner, trainer, or authorized agent to the racing secretary
or assistant racing secretary at least one–half hour before the time
designated for the drawing of post positions on the day prior to the day on
which the greyhound is to race, or at the time the racing secretary may
appoint.
7.8(4) Any greyhound that is withdrawn from a race
after the overnight entries are closed shall be deemed a scratch. Such a
greyhound shall lose all preference accrued up to that date unless excused by
the stewards.
a. In order to scratch a greyhound entered in a race,
sufficient cause must be given to satisfy the stewards, and the cause must be
reported immediately.
b. Any scratches that occur as the result of a violation of a
commission rule must carry a penalty, or a suspension of the greyhound for a
period of six racing days, or both. Scratches for other causes shall be
disciplined at the discretion of the stewards.
c. If any owner or trainer fails to have the greyhound entered
at the appointed time for weigh in and as a result the greyhound is scratched,
the stewards shall impose a fine, suspension, or both, on the person or persons
responsible.
d. The stewards may for sufficient cause scratch a greyhound
entered in a race.
7.8(5) All greyhounds scratched from a race because of
overweight or underweight shall receive a suspension of six racing days and must
school back before starting in an official race. Greyhounds so scratched may
school during their suspension.
491—7.9(99D) Weights and weighing.
7.9(1) All greyhounds must be weighed, under
supervision of a majority of the stewards, not less than one hour before the
time of the first race of the performance, unless prior permission is
granted by the state steward.
7.9(2) The weigh–in time shall be limited to a
30–minute period unless an extension has been granted by the state
steward.
7.9(3) Before a greyhound is allowed to school or race
at any track, the owner or trainer must establish the racing weight of each
greyhound with the clerk of scales.
7.9(4) At weigh–in time, should there be a
variation of more than one and one–half pounds either way from the
greyhound’s established weight, the stewards shall order the greyhound
scratched.
7.9(5) If, at weigh–in time, there should be
more than two pounds’ variation between the weight of the
greyhound’s present race and the weight at weigh–in time of the
greyhound’s last race, the stewards shall order the greyhound
scratched.
7.9(6) At weigh–out time, if a greyhound loses
weight in excess of two pounds from its weigh–in weight while in the
lock–out kennels, the stewards shall order the greyhound scratched.
However, if, in the opinion of the veterinarian, the loss of weight while in the
lock–out kennels does not impair the racing condition of the greyhound,
the stewards may allow the greyhound to race.
7.9(7) The weight regulations provided in subrules
7.9(1) through 7.9(6) shall be printed in the daily program.
7.9(8) The established racing weight may be changed
upon written request of the kennel owner or trainer and written consent of the
stewards, provided the change is made four calendar days before the greyhound is
allowed to race at the new weight.
a. All greyhounds having an established weight change of more
than one pound must be schooled at least once, or more at the discretion of the
stewards, at the new established weight before being eligible for
starting.
b. Greyhounds that have not raced or schooled officially for a
period of three weeks will be allowed to establish a new racing weight with the
consent of the stewards.
7.9(9) The stewards shall have the privilege of
weighing a greyhound entered in a race at any period from the time it enters the
lock–out kennel until post time.
7.9(10) Immediately after being weighed in, the
greyhounds shall be placed in lock–out kennels under the supervision of
the paddock judge and no owner or other person except racing officials,
commission representatives, or lead–outs shall be allowed in or
near the lock–out kennels.
491—7.10(99D) Qualifying time.
7.10(1) Each facility shall establish and
notify the state steward of the qualifying times to be in effect
during the racing meet. Said notification must be made at least three days
before the first day of official racing.
7.10(2) The qualifying time shall be posted on
the notice board at the track.
7.10(3) Any change in the qualifying time during the
course of the meeting shall be made only with the approval of the board of
stewards.
7.10(4) Any greyhound that fails to meet the
established qualifying time shall not be permitted to start other than in
futurity or stakes races.
491—7.11(99D) Schooling.
7.11(1) Greyhounds must be schooled in the presence of
the stewards, or must, in the opinion of the stewards, be sufficiently
experienced before they can be entered or started.
7.11(2) All schooling races shall be at a distance not
less than 3/16 mile and wagering will not be allowed.
7.11(3) Any greyhound that has not raced on–site
for a period of 10 racing days or 15 calendar days, whichever is less, or has
been placed on the veterinarian’s list shall be officially schooled at
least once at its racing weight before being eligible for entry. Any greyhound
that has not raced for a period of 30 calendar days shall be officially schooled
at its racing weight at least twice before being eligible for entry.
7.11(4) Each official schooling race must consist of
at least six greyhounds. However, if this condition creates a hardship, less
than six may be schooled with the permission of the state steward.
7.11(5) No hand schooling will be considered
official.
7.11(6) All greyhounds in official schooling races
must be raced at their established racing weight and started from the box
wearing muzzles and blankets.
7.11(7) Any greyhound may be ordered on the schooling
list by the stewards at any time for good cause and must be schooled officially
and satisfactorily before being allowed to enter an official race.
491—7.12(99D) Running of the race.
7.12(1) When two or more greyhounds run a dead
heat, all prizes and moneys to which the greyhounds would have been entitled
shall be divided equally between them.
7.12(2) If a greyhound bolts the course, runs in the
opposite direction, or does not run the entire prescribed distance for the race,
it shall forfeit all rights in the race and, no matter where it finished, the
stewards shall declare the finish of the race the same as if it were not a
contender. However, for the purpose of this rule, the greyhound shall be
considered to have started the race.
7.12(3) If a greyhound bolts the course, or runs in
the opposite direction during the running of the race, and in so doing, in the
opinion of the stewards, interfered with any other greyhound in the race, the
stewards shall declare a “No Race” and all moneys wagered shall be
refunded, except when, in the opinion of the stewards, the interference clearly
did not interfere with the outcome of the race.
7.12(4) If it appears that a greyhound may interfere
with the running of the race because of failure to leave the box, an accident,
or for any other reason, any lead–out or racing official stationed around
the track may remove the greyhound from the track. However, for the purpose of
this rule, the greyhound shall be considered to have started the race.
7.12(5) All greyhounds must wear the regulation muzzle
and blanket while racing.
7.12(6) All greyhounds must be exhibited in the show
paddock before post time of the race in which they are entered.
7.12(7) A race shall not be called official
unless the lure is in advance of the greyhounds at all times during the race.
If at any time during the race a greyhound catches or passes the lure, the
stewards shall declare a “No Race” and all moneys wagered shall be
refunded.
7.12(8) The stewards shall closely observe the
operation of the lure and hold the lure operator to strict accountability for
any inconsistency of operation.
7.12(9) If a greyhound is left in the box when the
doors of the starting box open at the start, there shall be no refund.
7.12(10) A false start, due to any faulty action of
the starting box, break in the machinery, or other cause, is void, and the
greyhounds may be started again as soon as practicable, or the race may be
canceled at the discretion of the stewards.
7.12(11) After a greyhound has been placed in the
starting box, no refund shall be made and all wagers shall stand. In case of
mechanical failure with the starting box, the greyhounds shall be removed from
the starting box. The stewards shall determine whether the race will be
declared a “No Race” and all moneys wagered be refunded or whether
to allow the race to be run after the malfunction has been repaired.
7.12(12) The decision as to whether the greyhound(s)
was prevented from starting by a mechanical failure shall be made by the
stewards after consultation with the starter.
7.12(13) If a race is marred by jams, spills, or
racing circumstances other than accident to the machinery while a race is being
run, and three or more greyhounds finish, the stewards shall declare the race
finished; but if less than three greyhounds finish the stewards shall declare a
“No Race” and all moneys wagered shall be refunded.
7.12(14) In the event the lure arm is not fully
extended or fails to remain fully extended during the running of the race, the
stewards may declare a “No Race” if, in their opinion, the position
of the lure arm affected the outcome of the race. In the event the lure arm
collapses to the rail during the running of the race, the stewards shall declare
a “No Race” and all moneys wagered shall be refunded.
7.12(15) Any act of the owner, trainer, or handler of
a greyhound that would tend to prevent the greyhound from running its best and
winning if possible shall result in suspension of all persons found
guilty of complicity.
491—7.13(99D) Race reckless/interfered/rule
off.
7.13(1) Race reckless. It is the
steward’s discretion for the first offense on a maiden as to whether the
maiden interfered or raced reckless. It will not be mandatory that a first
offense on a maiden be raced reckless.
7.13(2) Interfered.
a. Maidens or graded greyhounds coming into Iowa with an
interference line from another state will be ruled off all Iowa tracks at the
time of the first offense in Iowa.
b. Graded greyhounds will be given an interference ticket at
the time of their first offense and will be required to school back to
stewards’ satisfaction.
c. First offense interference greyhounds will be deleted from
the master interference list after one year has elapsed.
7.13(3) Ruled off.
a. For a second interference, a greyhound is
ruled off all Iowa tracks.
b. The stewards may rule off a greyhound after the first
incident of interference if they determine the greyhound’s continued
participation in racing jeopardizes the safety of the greyhounds it competes
against.
c. Once a greyhound has been ruled off in the state of Iowa,
it cannot for any reason be entered to race in Iowa again.
491—7.14(99D) Medication and administration, sample
collection, chemists, and practicing veterinarians.
7.14(1) Medication and administration.
a. No greyhound, while participating in a race, shall carry in
its body any medication, drug, foreign substance, or metabolic derivative
thereof.
b. Also prohibited are any drugs or foreign substances that
might mask or screen the presence of the prohibited drugs or prevent or delay
testing procedures.
c. Proof of detection by the commission chemist of the
presence of a medication, drug, foreign substance, or metabolic derivative
thereof, prohibited by paragraphs 7.14(1)“a” or “b,” in
a saliva, urine, or blood specimen duly taken under the supervision of the
commission veterinarian from a greyhound immediately prior to or promptly after
running in a race shall be prima facie evidence that the greyhound was
administered, with the intent that it would carry or that it did carry,
prohibited medication, drug, or foreign substance in its body while running in a
race in violation of this rule.
d. No person other than a licensed veterinarian shall
administer, cause to be administered, participate, or attempt to participate in
any way in the administration to a greyhound registered for racing any
medication, drug, or foreign substance prior to a race on the day of the race
for which a greyhound is entered.
e. Any such person found to have administered, or caused,
participated, or attempted to participate in any way in the administration of, a
medication, drug, or foreign substance which caused or could have caused a
violation of this rule shall be subject to disciplinary action.
f. The owner, trainer, kennel helper, or any other person
having charge, custody, or care of the greyhound is obligated to protect the
greyhound and guard it against the administration or attempted administration of
any medication, drug, or foreign substance. If the stewards find that
any person has failed to show proper protection and guarding of the greyhound,
or if the stewards find that any owner, lessee, or trainer is guilty of
negligence, they shall impose discipline and take other action they deem proper
under any of the rules of the commission.
7.14(2) Sample collection.
a. Under the supervision of the commission veterinarian,
urine, blood, and other specimens shall be taken and tested from any greyhounds
that the stewards of the meeting, commission veterinarian, or the
commission’s representatives may designate. Tests are to be under the
supervision of the commission. The specimens shall be collected by the
commission veterinarian or other person(s) the commission may
designate.
b. No unauthorized person shall be admitted at any time to the
building or the area utilized for the purpose of collecting the required body
fluid samples or the area designated for the retention of greyhounds pending the
obtaining of body fluid samples.
c. During the taking of specimens from a greyhound, the owner,
trainer, or kennel representative designated by the owner or trainer may be
present and witness the taking of the specimen and so signify in writing.
Failure to be present and witness the collection of the samples constitutes a
waiver by the owner, trainer, or kennel representative of any objections to the
source and documentation of the sample.
d. A security guard must be in attendance during the hours
designated by the commission.
e. The commission veterinarian, the board of stewards, agents
of the division of criminal investigation, or the authorized representatives of
the commission may take samples of any medicine or other materials suspected of
containing improper medication, drugs, or other substance which could affect the
racing condition of a greyhound in a race, which may be found in kennels or
elsewhere on facility grounds or in the possession of any person connected with
racing, and the same shall be delivered to the official chemist for
analysis.
f. Nothing in this rule shall be construed to
prevent:
(1) Any greyhound in any race from being subjected by the
order of a steward or the commission veterinarian to tests of body fluid samples
for the purpose of determining the presence of any foreign substance.
(2) The state steward or the commission veterinarian from
authorizing the splitting of any sample.
(3) The commission veterinarian from requiring body fluid
samples to be stored in a frozen state for future analysis.
7.14(3) Chemist.
a. The commission shall employ one or more chemists or
contract with one or more qualified chemical laboratories to determine by
chemical testing and analysis of body fluid samples whether a foreign substance,
medication, drug, or metabolic derivative thereof is present.
b. All body fluid samples taken by or under direction of the
commission veterinarian or authorized representative of the commission shall be
delivered to the laboratory of the official chemist for analysis. Each sample
shall be marked or numbered and bear information essential to its proper
analysis; but the identity of the greyhound from which the specimen was taken or
the identity of its owners, trainer, or kennel shall not be revealed to the
official chemist or the staff of the chemist. The container of each sample
shall be sealed as soon as the sample is placed therein.
c. The commission chemist shall be responsible for
safeguarding and testing each sample delivered to the laboratory by the
commission veterinarian.
d. The commission chemist shall conduct individual tests on
each sample, screening for prohibited substances and conducting other tests to
detect and identify any suspected prohibited substance or metabolic derivative
thereof with specificity. Pooling of samples shall be permitted only with the
knowledge and approval of the administrator.
e. Upon the finding of a test negative for prohibited
substances, the remaining portions of the sample may be discarded. Upon the
finding of tests suspicious or positive for prohibited substances, the tests
shall be reconfirmed, and the remaining portion of the sample, if available,
preserved and protected for two years following close of meet.
f. The commission chemist shall submit to the commission a
written report as to each sample tested, indicating by sample tag identification
number, whether the sample tested negative or positive for prohibited
substances. The commission chemist shall report test findings to no person
other than the administrator or commission representative. In addition to the
administrator, the commission chemist shall notify the state steward of all
positive tests. In the event the commission chemist should find a sample
suspicious for a prohibited medication, additional time for test analysis and
confirmation may be requested.
g. In reporting to the administrator or state steward a
finding of a test positive for a prohibited substance, the commission chemist
shall present documentary or demonstrative evidence acceptable in the scientific
community and admissible in court in support of the professional opinion as to
the positive finding.
h. No action shall be taken by the administrator or state
steward on the report of the official chemist unless and until the medication,
drug, or other substance and the greyhound from which the sample was taken
have been properly identified and until an official report signed by the
chemist has been received by the administrator or state steward.
i. The cost of the testing and analysis shall be paid by the
commission to the official chemist. The commission shall then be reimbursed by
each facility on a per–sample basis so that each facility shall bear only
its proportion of the total cost of testing and analysis. The commission may
first receive payment from funds provided in Iowa Code chapter 99D, if
available.
7.14(4) Practicing veterinarian.
a. Prohibited acts.
(1) A licensed veterinarian practicing at any meeting is
prohibited from possessing any ownership, directly or indirectly, in any racing
animal racing during the meeting.
(2) Veterinarians licensed by the commission as veterinarians
are prohibited from placing any wager of money or other thing of value directly
or indirectly on the outcome of any race conducted at the meeting at which the
veterinarian is furnishing professional service.
(3) No veterinarian shall within the facility grounds furnish,
sell, or loan any hypodermic syringe, needle, or other injection device, or any
drug, narcotic, or prohibited substance to any other person unless with written
permission of the stewards.
b. Whenever a veterinarian has used a hypodermic needle or
syringe, the veterinarian shall destroy the needle and syringe and remove it
from the facility. The use of other than single–use disposable syringes
and infusion tubes on facility grounds is prohibited.
c. Every practicing veterinarian licensed by the commission
shall keep, on the premises of a facility, a written record of practice relating
to greyhounds participating in racing.
(1) This record shall include the name of the greyhound
treated, the nature of the greyhound’s ailment, the type of treatment
prescribed and performed for the greyhound, and the date and time of
treatment.
(2) This record shall be kept for practice engaged at all
facilities in the state of Iowa and shall be produced without delay upon the
request of the board of stewards or the commission veterinarian.
d. Each veterinarian shall report immediately to the
commission veterinarian any illness presenting unusual or unknown symptoms in a
racing animal entrusted into the veterinarian’s care.
e. Practicing veterinarians may have employees licensed as
veterinary assistants or veterinary technicians working under their direct
supervision. Activities of these employees shall not include direct treatment
or diagnosis of any racing animal. A practicing veterinarian must be present if
an employee is to have access to injection devices or injectables.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99D.
ITEM 7. Adopt the following new
491—Chapter 11:
CHAPTER 11
GAMBLING GAMES
491—11.1(99F) Definitions.
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
commission.
“Coin” means tokens, nickels, and quarters of
legal tender.
“Commission” means the racing and gaming
commission.
“Distributor’s license” means a license
issued by the administrator to any entity that sells, leases, or otherwise
distributes gambling games to any entity licensed to conduct gambling games
pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 99F.
“EPROM” means a computer chip that stores
erasable, programmable, read–only memory.
“Facility” means an entity licensed by the
commission to conduct gaming operations in Iowa.
“Facility grounds” means all real property
utilized by the facility in the conduct of its gaming activity, including the
grandstand, concession stands, offices, parking lots, and any other areas under
the jurisdiction of the commission.
“Gambling game” means any game of chance approved
by the commission for wagering including, but not limited to, gambling games
authorized by this chapter.
“Implement of gambling” means any device or object
determined by the administrator to directly or indirectly influence the outcome
of a gambling game; collect wagering information while directly connected to a
slot machine; or be integral to the conduct of a commission–authorized
gambling game, possession or use of which is otherwise prohibited by
statute.
“Manufacturer’s license” means a license
issued by the administrator to any entity that assembles, fabricates, produces,
or otherwise constructs a gambling game or implement of gambling used in the
conduct of gambling games pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 99F.
“Slot machine” means a mechanical or electronic
gambling game device into which a player may deposit coins, currency, or other
form of cashless wagering and from which certain numbers of credits are paid out
when a particular configuration of symbols or events is displayed on the
machine.
491—11.2(99F) Conduct of all gambling
games.
11.2(1) Commission policy. It is the policy of the
commission to require that all facilities conduct gambling games in a manner
suitable to protect the public health, safety, morals, good order, and general
welfare of the state. Responsibility for the employment and maintenance of
suitable methods of operation rests with the facility. Willful or persistent
use or toleration of methods of operation deemed unsuitable in the sole
discretion of the commission will constitute grounds for disciplinary action, up
to and including license revocation.
11.2(2) Activities prohibited. A facility is
expressly prohibited from the following activities:
a. Failing to conduct advertising and public relations
activities in accordance with decency, dignity, good taste, and
honesty.
b. Permitting persons who are visibly intoxicated to
participate in gaming activity.
c. Failing to comply with or make provision for compliance
with all federal, state, and local laws and rules pertaining to the operation of
a facility including payment of license fees, withholding payroll taxes, and
violations of alcoholic beverage laws or regulations.
d. Possessing, or permitting to remain in or upon any facility
grounds, any associated gambling equipment which may have in any manner been
marked, tampered with, or otherwise placed in a condition or operated in a
manner which might affect the game and its payouts.
e. Permitting, if the facility was aware of, or should have
been aware of, any cheating.
f. Possessing or permitting to remain in or upon any facility
grounds, if the facility was aware of, or should have been aware of, any
cheating device whatsoever; or conducting, carrying on, operating, or dealing
any cheating or thieving game or device on the grounds.
g. Possessing or permitting to remain in or upon any facility
grounds, if the facility was aware or should have been aware of, any gambling
device which tends to alter the normal random selection of criteria which
determines the results of the game or deceives the public in any way.
h. Failing to conduct gaming operations in accordance with
proper standards of custom, decorum, and decency; or permitting any type of
conduct that reflects negatively on the state or acts as a detriment to the
gaming industry.
i. Denying a commissioner or commission representative, upon
proper and lawful demand, information or access to inspect any portion of the
gaming operation.
11.2(3) Gambling aids. No person shall use, or
possess with the intent to use, any calculator, computer, or other electronic,
electrical, or mechanical device that:
a. Assists in projecting the outcome of a game.
b. Keeps track of cards that have been dealt.
c. Keeps track of changing probabilities.
11.2(4) Wagers. Wagers may only be made:
a. By a person present at a facility.
b. In the form of chips, coins, or other cashless wagering
system.
c. By persons 21 years of age or older.
491—11.3(99F) Gambling games approved by the
commission. The commission may approve a gambling game by administrative
rule, resolution, or motion.
491—11.4(99F) Approval for distribution or operation
of gambling games and implements of gambling.
11.4(1) Approval. Prior to distribution, a
distributor shall request that the administrator inspect, investigate, and
approve a gambling game or implement of gambling for compliance with commission
rules. The distributor, at its own expense, must provide the administrator with
information and product sufficient to determine the integrity and security of
the product, including the cost of independent testing conducted or contracted
by the commission.
11.4(2) Trial period. Prior to or after commission
approval and after completing a review of a proposed gambling game, the
administrator is authorized to allow a trial period of up to 180 days to test
the gambling game in a facility. During the trial period, minor changes in the
operation or design of the gambling game may be made with prior approval of the
administrator. During the trial period, a gambling game distributor shall not be
entitled to receive revenue of any kind from the operation of that gambling
game.
11.4(3) Gambling game submissions. Prior to
conducting a commission–authorized gambling game or for a trial period, a
facility shall submit proposals for game rules, procedures, wagers, shuffling
procedures, dealing procedures, cutting procedures, and payout odds. The
gambling game submission, or requests for modification to an approved
submission, shall be in writing and approved by the administrator or a
commission representative prior to implementation.
11.4(4) Public notice. All gambling games shall
clearly represent the rules of play, payout schedule, and permitted wagering
amounts to the playing public as required by the administrator.
11.4(5) Operation. Each gambling game shall operate
and play in accordance with the representation made to the commission and the
public at all times. The administrator or commission representative may order
the withdrawal of any gambling game suspected of malfunction or
misrepresentation, until all deficiencies are corrected.
491—11.5(99F) Gambling games
authorized.
11.5(1) Dice, craps, roulette, twenty–one
(blackjack), big six—roulette, red dog, baccarat, and poker are authorized
as table games.
11.5(2) Slot machines, video poker, and all other
video games of chance, both progressive and nonprogressive, shall be allowed as
slot machine games, subject to the administrator’s approval of individual
slot machine prototypes and game variations. For racetrack enclosures,
“video machine” as used in Iowa Code section 99F.1(9) shall mean
video keno and any video machine game version of a table or card game, including
but not limited to those listed in 11.5(1).
11.5(3) The administrator is authorized to approve
variations of approved gambling games and bonus features or progressive wagers
associated with approved gambling games, subject to the requirements of rule
11.4(99F).
491—11.6(99F) Gambling game–based tournaments
and contests.
11.6(1) Proposals. Proposals for terms, game rules,
entry fees, prizes, dates, and procedures must be submitted in writing and
approved by a commission representative before a facility conducts any
tournament or contest. Any changes to approved tournaments and contests must be
submitted to the commission representative for review and approval prior to
being implemented. Rules, fees, and a schedule of prizes must be made available
to the player prior to entry.
11.6(2) Limits. Tournaments and contests must be
based on gambling games authorized by the commission. Entry fees, less prizes
paid, are subject to the wagering tax pursuant to Iowa Code section 99F.11. In
determining adjusted gross receipts, to the extent that prizes paid out exceed
entry fees received, the facility shall be deemed to have paid the fees for the
participants.
491—11.7(99F) Table game requirements.
11.7(1) Removable storage media in a table game device
which controls the randomness of card shufflers or progressive table game meters
shall be verified and sealed with evidence tape by a commission representative
prior to implementation.
11.7(2) Wagers. All wagers at table games shall be
made by placing gaming chips or coins on the appropriate areas of the
layout.
11.7(3) Craps. Wagers must be made before the
dice are thrown. “Call bets,” or the calling out of bets between
the time the dice leave the shooter’s hand and the time the dice come to
rest, not accompanied by the placement of gaming chips, are not
allowed.
11.7(4) Twenty–one.
a. Before the first card is dealt for each round of play, each
player shall make a wager against the dealer. Once the first card of any hand
has been dealt by the dealer, no player shall handle, remove, or alter any
wagers that have been made until a decision has been rendered and implemented
with respect to that wager. Once a wager on the insurance line, a wager to
double down, or a wager to split pairs has been made and confirmed by the
dealer, no player shall handle, remove, or alter the wagers until a decision has
been rendered and implemented with respect to that wager, except as explicitly
permitted. A facility or licensee shall not permit any player to engage in
conduct that violates this paragraph.
b. At the conclusion of a round of play, all cards still
remaining on the layout shall be picked up by the dealer in a prescribed order
and in such a way that they can be readily arranged to indicate each
player’s hand in case of question or dispute. The dealer shall pick up
the cards beginning with those of the player to the far right and moving
counterclockwise around the table. The dealer’s hand will be the last
hand collected. The cards will then be placed on top of the discard pile. No
player or spectator shall handle, remove, or alter any cards used to game at
twenty–one or be permitted to do so by a casino employee.
c. Each player at the table shall be responsible for correctly
computing the point count of the player’s hand. No player shall rely on
the point counts announced by the dealer without checking the accuracy of such
announcement.
11.7(5) Roulette.
a. No person at a roulette table shall be issued or permitted
to game with nonvalue gaming chips that are identical in color and design to
value gaming chips or to nonvalue gaming chips being used by another person at
that same table.
b. Each player shall be responsible for the correct
positioning of the player’s wager on the roulette layout, regardless of
whether the player is assisted by the dealer. Each player must ensure that any
instructions the player gives to the dealer regarding the placement of the
player’s wager are correctly carried out.
c. Each wager shall be settled strictly in accordance with its
position on the layout when the ball falls to rest in a compartment of the
wheel.
11.7(6) Big six—roulette.
a. Each player shall be responsible for the correct
positioning of the player’s wager on the layout regardless of whether the
player is assisted by the dealer.
b. Each wager shall be settled strictly in accordance with its
position on the layout when the wheel stops with the winning indicator in a
compartment of the wheel.
11.7(7) Poker.
a. When a facility conducts poker with an impress dealer
gaming chip bank, the rules in 491—Chapter 12 for closing and distributing
or removing gaming chips to or from gaming tables do not apply. The entire
amount of the table rake is subject to the wagering tax pursuant to Iowa Code
section 99F.11. Proposals for impress dealer gaming chip banks must be
submitted in writing and approved by a commission representative prior to
use.
b. All games shall be played according to table stakes game
rules as follows:
(1) Only gaming chips or coins on the table at the start of a
deal shall be in play for that pot.
(2) Concealed gaming chips or coins shall not play.
(3) A player with gaming chips may add additional gaming chips
between deals, provided that the player complies with any minimum buy–in
requirement.
(4) A player is never obliged to drop out of contention
because of insufficient gaming chips to call the full amount of a bet, but may
call for the amount of gaming chips the player has on the table. The excess
part of the bet made by other players is either returned to the players or used
to form a side pot.
c. Each player in a poker game is required to act only in the
player’s own best interest. The facility has the responsibility of
ensuring that any behavior designed to assist one player over another is
prohibited. The facility may prohibit any two players from playing in the same
game.
d. Poker games where winning wagers are paid by the facility
according to specific payout odds or pay tables are permitted.
11.7(8) Red dog. Before the first card is dealt for
each round of play, each player shall make a wager against the dealer. Once the
first card of any hand has been dealt by the dealer, no player shall handle,
remove, or alter any wagers that have been made until a decision has been
rendered and implemented with respect to that wager. Once a wager to double
down has been made and confirmed by the dealer, no player shall handle, remove,
or alter the wagers until a decision has been rendered and implemented with
respect to that wager, except as explicitly permitted.
491—11.8(99F) Keno.
11.8(1) Keno shall be conducted using an automated
ticket writing and redemption system where a game’s winning numbers are
selected by a random number generator.
11.8(2) Each game shall consist of the selection of 20
numbers out of 80 possible numbers, 1 through 80.
11.8(3) For any type of wager offered, the payout must
be at least 80 percent.
11.8(4) Multigame tickets shall be limited to 20
games.
11.8(5) Writing or voiding tickets for a game after
that game has closed is prohibited.
11.8(6) All winning tickets shall be valid up to a
maximum of one year from the date of purchase. The dollar value of all expired
and unclaimed winning tickets shall be added to existing keno jackpots in a
manner approved by the administrator.
11.8(7) The administrator shall determine minimum
hardware and software requirements to ensure the integrity of play. An
automated keno system must be proven to accurately account for adjusted gross
receipts to the satisfaction of the administrator.
11.8(8) Adjusted gross receipts from keno games shall
be the difference between dollar value of tickets written and dollar value of
winning tickets as determined from the automated keno system. The wagering tax
pursuant to Iowa Code section 99F.11 shall apply to adjusted gross receipts of
keno games.
491—11.9(99F) Slot machine
requirements.
11.9(1) Movement. Reports must be filed with the
commission on the movement of slot machines into and out of the state. Reports
must be received in the commission office no later than 15 calendar days after
the movement.
11.9(2) Payout percentage. A slot machine game
must meet the following maximum and minimum theoretical percentage payouts
during the expected lifetime of the game.
a. A slot machine game’s theoretical payout must be at
least 80 percent and no more than 99 percent of the amount wagered. The
theoretical payout percentage is determined using standard methods of
probability theory.
b. A slot machine game must have a probability of obtaining
the maximum payout greater than 1 in 17,000,000.
11.9(3) Unless otherwise authorized by the
administrator, each slot machine in a casino shall have the following
identifying features:
a. A manufacturer’s serial number that is firmly
attached and visible.
b. A casino number at least two inches in height permanently
imprinted, affixed, or impressed on the outside of the machine so that the
number may be observed by the surveillance camera.
c. A display located conspicuously on the slot machine that
automatically illuminates when a player has won a jackpot not paid automatically
and totally by the slot machine and which advises the player to see an attendant
to receive full payment.
d. A display on the front of the slot machine that clearly
represents its rules of play, character combinations requiring payouts, and the
amount of the related payouts. In addition, a facility shall display on the
slot machine a clear description of any merchandise or thing of value offered as
a payout including the cash equivalent value of the merchandise or thing of
value offered, the dates the merchandise or thing of value will be offered if
the facility establishes a time limit upon initially offering the merchandise or
thing of value, and the availability or unavailability to the patron of the
optional cash equivalent value.
e. A mechanical, electrical, or electronic device that
automatically precludes a player from operating the slot machine after winning a
jackpot requiring a manual payout. The device must require an attendant to
reactivate the machine.
f. A light on the pedestal above the slot machine that
automatically illuminates when the door to the slot machine or any device
connected which may affect the operation of the slot machine is
opened.
g. Test connections as may be specified and approved by the
administrator for the on–site inspection, examination, and testing of the
machine.
h. Devices, equipment, features, and capabilities, as may be
required by the commission, that are specific to that slot machine after the
prototype model is approved by the commission.
11.9(4) Storage media. Hardware media devices
which contain game functions or characteristics, including but not limited to
pay tables and random number generators, shall be verified and sealed with
evidence tape by a commission representative prior to being placed in operation,
as determined by the administrator.
11.9(5) Posting. A weighted average of the
theoretical payout percentage, as defined in subrule 11.9(2), for all slot
machine games shall be posted at the main casino entrance, cashier cages, and
slot booths.
491—11.10(99F) Slot machine hardware and software
requirements.
11.10(1) Hardware specifications.
a. Electrical and mechanical parts and design principles shall
not subject a player to physical hazards.
b. A surge protector must be installed on the line that feeds
power to a slot machine. The battery backup, or an equivalent, for the
electronic meters must be capable of maintaining accuracy of all information
required for 180 days after power is discontinued from a slot machine. The
backup shall be kept within the locked logic board compartment.
c. An on/off switch that controls the electrical current used
in the operation of a slot machine and any associated equipment must be located
in an accessible place within the interior of the slot machine.
d. The operation of each slot machine must not be adversely
affected by static discharge or other electromagnetic interference.
e. A minimum of one electronic coin acceptor must be installed
in each slot machine with the exception of coinless or coin–free games.
Coinless or coin–free games are defined as slot machines that do not have
a hopper mechanism and do not utilize coin in the operation of the game.
Approval letters and test reports of electronic coin acceptors from other state
or federal jurisdictions may be submitted. However, all coin acceptors are
subject to approval by the administrator.
f. The internal space of a slot machine shall not be readily
accessible when the front door is both closed and locked.
g. Logic boards and software EPROMs must be in a locked
compartment within the slot machine.
h. The drop container must be in a locked compartment within
or attached to the slot machine.
i. No hardware switches may be installed that alter the pay
tables or payout percentages in the operation of a slot machine. Hardware
switches may be installed to control graphic routines, speed of play, and
sound.
j. An unremovable identification plate must appear on the
exterior of the slot machine that contains the following information:
(1) Manufacturer.
(2) Serial number.
(3) Model number.
k. The rules of play for each slot machine must be displayed
on the face or screen. Rules may be rejected if they are incomplete, confusing,
or misleading. Each slot machine must also display the credits wagered and the
credits awarded for the occurrence of each possible winning combination based on
the number of credits wagered. All information required by this subrule shall
be kept under glass or another transparent surface and at no time may stickers
or other removable items be placed on the slot machine face that make the
required information unreadable.
l. Equipment must be installed that enables the machine to
communicate with a central computer system accessible to commission
representatives using a communications protocol provided to each licensed
manufacturer by the commission for the information and control programs approved
by the administrator.
11.10(2) Software requirements—random number
generator. Each slot machine must have a random number generator that will
determine the occurrence of a specific card, number, or stop. A selection
process will be considered random if it meets the following
requirements:
a. Each card, number, or stop satisfies the 99 percent
confidence limit using the standard chi–squared analysis.
“Chi–squared analysis” is the sum of the squares of the
difference between the expected result and the observed result.
b. Each card, number, or stop does not produce a significant
statistic with regard to producing patterns of occurrences. Each card, number,
or stop will be considered random if it meets the 99 percent confidence level
with regard to the runs test or any similar pattern–testing statistic.
The “runs test” is a mathematical statistic that determines the
existence of recurring patterns within a set of data.
c. Each card, number, or stop position is independently chosen
without regard to any other card, number, or stop within that game play. This
test is the “correlation test.” Each pair of card, number, or stop
positions is considered random if it meets the 99 percent confidence level using
standard correlation analysis.
d. Each card, number, or stop position is independently chosen
without reference to the same card, number, or stop position in the previous
game. This test is the “serial correlation test.” Each card,
number, or stop position is considered random if it meets the 99 percent
confidence level using standard serial correlation analysis.
11.10(3) Continuation of game after malfunction is
cleared. Each slot machine must be capable of continuing the current game with
all current game features after a malfunction is cleared. This rule does not
apply if a slot machine is rendered totally inoperable; however, the current
wager and all credits appearing on the screen prior to the malfunction must be
returned to the player.
11.10(4) Software requirements—play transaction
rec–ords. Each slot machine must maintain electronic accounting meters at
all times, regardless of whether the slot machine is being supplied with power.
Each meter must be capable of maintaining totals no fewer than six digits in
length for the information required in “a” to “d” below.
The electronic meters must record the following:
a. Total number of coins inserted.
b. Total number of coins paid out.
c. Total number of coins dropped to drop container.
d. Total number of credits wagered.
e. Total number of credits won.
f. Total number of credits paid out.
g. Number of times the logic area was accessed.
h. Number of times the cash door of the device was
accessed.
i. Number of coins or credits wagered in the current
game.
j. Total credits for games won but not collected, commonly
referred to as the credit meter.
The meters required in “a,” “b,” and
“c” above shall be placed in a position so that the number thereon
can be read without opening the slot machine.
No slot machine may have a mechanism by which an error will
cause the electronic accounting meters to automatically clear. Clearing of the
electronic accounting meters may only be completed after notification and
approval by a commission representative. All meter readings must be recorded
both before and after the electronic accounting meter is cleared.
11.10(5) Software requirements—error
conditions—automatic clearing. Slot machines must be capable of detecting
and displaying the following conditions, which must be automatically cleared by
the slot machine upon initiation of a new play sequence at the start of the
second game.
a. Power reset.
b. Door open.
491—11.11(99F) Slot machine
specifications.
11.11(1) Error conditions.
a. Slot machines must be capable of detecting and displaying
the following error conditions which are manually cleared:
(1) Coin–in jam.
(2) Coin–out jam.
(3) Hopper empty or timed out.
(4) RAM error.
(5) Hopper runaway or extra coins paid out.
(6) Low RAM battery, for batteries external to the RAM itself.
A battery approved by a commission representative that is replaced pursuant to
its manufacturer’s specifications or as specified in the prototype
approval report, whichever is sooner, may be installed in lieu of the low RAM
battery error condition.
b. A description of slot machine error codes and each
code’s meaning must be affixed inside the slot machine.
11.11(2) Hopper mechanism. Slot machines equipped
with a hopper must be designed to detect jammed coins, extra coins paid out,
hopper runaways, and hopper empty conditions. The slot machine control program
must monitor the hopper mechanism for these error conditions in all game states.
All coins paid from the hopper mechanism must be accounted for by the slot
machine, including those paid as extra coins during a hopper
malfunction.
491—11.12(99F) Progressive slot
machines.
11.12(1) Meter required. A progressive machine is a
slot machine game with a jackpot payout that increases as the slot machine is
played. A progressive slot machine or group of linked progressive slot machines
must have a meter showing the progressive jackpot payout.
11.12(2) Progressive controllers. The reset or
base value and the rate of increment of a progressive game must be approved by a
commission representative prior to implementation. A reset or base value must
equal or exceed the equivalent nonprogressive jackpot payout.
11.12(3) Limits. A facility may impose a limit on the
progressive jackpot payout of a slot machine if the limit imposed is greater
than the progressive jackpot payout at the time the limit is imposed. The
facility must prominently display a notice informing the public of the limit.
No progressive meter may be turned back to a lesser amount unless one of the
following circumstances occurs:
a. The amount shown on the progressive meter is paid to a
player as a jackpot.
b. It is necessary to adjust the progressive meter to prevent
it from displaying an amount greater than the limit imposed by the
facility.
c. It is necessary to change the progressive indicator because
of game malfunction.
11.12(4) Transfer of jackpots. A progressive jackpot
may be transferred to another progressive slot machine at the same facility in
the event of malfunction, replacement, or for other good reason. A commission
representative shall be notified in writing prior to a transfer.
11.12(5) Records required. Records must be maintained
that record the amount shown on a progressive jackpot meter. Supporting
documents must be maintained to explain any reduction in the payoff amount from
a previous entry. The records and documents must be retained for a period of
three years unless permission to destroy them earlier is given in writing by the
administrator.
11.12(6) Transfer of progressive slot machines. A
progressive slot machine, upon permission of the administrator, may be moved to
a different facility if a bankruptcy, loss of license, or other good cause
warrants.
11.12(7) Linked machines. Each machine on the link
must have the same probability of hitting the combination that will award the
progressive jackpot.
11.12(8) Wide area progressive systems. A wide
area progressive system is a method of linking progressive slot machines or
electronic gaming devices across telecommunication lines as part of a network
connecting participating facilities. The purpose of a wide area progressive
system is to offer a common progressive jackpot (system jackpot) at all
participating locations. The operation of a wide area progressive system
(multilink) is permitted subject to the following conditions:
a. The method of communication over the multilink system must
consist of dedicated on–line communication lines (direct connect),
dial–tone lines, or wireless communication which may be subject to certain
restrictions imposed by the administrator.
b. All communication between each facility location and the
central system site must be encrypted.
c. All meter reading data must be obtained in real time in an
on–line automated fashion. When requested to do so, the system must
return meter readings on all slot machines or electronic gaming devices
(machines) attached to the system within a reasonable time of the meter
acquisition request. Manual reading of meter values may not be substituted for
these requirements. There is no restriction as to the acceptable method of
obtaining meter reading values, provided, however, that such methods consist of
either pulses from any machine computer board or associated wiring, or the use
of serial interface to the machine’s random access memory (RAM) or other
nonvolatile memory.
d. The multilink system must have the ability to monitor entry
into the front door of the machine as well as the logic area of the machine and
report such data to the central system.
e. The central system site must be located in the state of
Iowa, be equipped with a noninterruptible power supply, and the central computer
must be capable of on–line data redundancy should hard disk peripherals
fail during operation. The office containing the central computer shall be
equipped with a surveillance system that has been approved by the administrator.
Any person authorized to provide a multilink system shall be required to keep
and maintain an entry and exit log for the office containing the central
computer. Any person authorized to provide a multilink system shall provide
access to the office containing the central computer to the administrator and
shall make available to the administrator all books, records, and information
required by the administrator in fulfilling its regulatory purpose.
f. Any person authorized to provide a multilink system must
suspend play on the system if a communication failure of the system cannot be
corrected within 24 consecutive hours.
g. Approval by a commission representative of any multilink
system shall occur only after the administrator has reviewed the system software
and hardware and is satisfied that the operation of the system meets accepted
industry standards for multilink system products, as well as any other
requirements that the administrator may impose to ensure the integrity,
security, and legal operation of the multilink system.
h. A meter that shows the amount of the system jackpot must be
conspicuously displayed at or near the machines to which the jackpot applies.
The system jackpot meter need not precisely show the actual moneys in the system
jackpot award at each instant. Nothing shall prohibit the use of odometer or
other paced updating progressive displays. In the case of the use of paced
updating displays, the system jackpot meter must display the winning value after
the jackpot broadcast is received from the central system, providing the remote
site is communicating to the central computer. If a system jackpot is
recognized in the middle of a systemwide poll cycle, the system jackpot display
may contain a value less than the aggregated amount calculated by the central
system. The coin values from the remaining portion of the poll cycle will be
received by the central system but not the local site, in which case the system
jackpot amount paid will always be the higher of the two reporting
amounts.
i. When a system jackpot is won, a person authorized to
provide the multilink system and the trust provided for in paragraph
“m” below shall have the opportunity to inspect the machine, EPROM,
the error events received by the central system, and any other data which could
reasonably be used to ascertain the validity of the jackpot.
(1) The central system shall produce reports that will clearly
demonstrate the method of arriving at the payoff amount. This shall include the
coins contributed beginning with the polling cycle immediately following the
previous jackpot and will include all coins contributed up to, and including,
the polling cycle, which includes the jackpot signal. Coins contributed to and
registered by the system before the jackpot message is received will be deemed
to have been contributed to the progressive amount prior to the current jackpot.
Coins contributed to the system subsequent to the jackpot message’s being
received as well as coins contributed to the system before the jackpot message
is received by the system, but registered after the jackpot message is received
at the system, will be deemed to have been contributed to the progressive amount
of the next jackpot.
(2) The system jackpot may be disbursed in periodic payments
as long as each machine clearly displays the fact that the jackpot will be paid
in such periodic payments. In addition, the number of periodic payments and
time between payments must be clearly displayed on the face of the slot machine
in a nonmisleading manner.
(3) Two system jackpots which occur in the same polling cycle
before the progressive amount can reset will be deemed to have occurred
simultaneously; therefore, each winner shall receive the full amount shown on
the system jackpot meter.
j. Any person authorized to provide a multilink system must
supply, as requested, reports to the commission office and the trust which
support and verify the economic activity of the system.
(1) Any person authorized to provide a multilink system must
supply to the commission and the trust, as requested, reports and information to
the commission office and the trust indicating the amount of, and basis for, the
current system jackpot amount. Such reports may include an aggregate report and
a detail report. The aggregate report may show only the balancing of the system
with regard to systemwide totals. The detail report shall be in such form as to
indicate for each machine, summarized by location, the coin–in totals as
such terms are commonly understood in the industry.
(2) In addition, upon the invoicing of any facility
participating in a multilink system, each such facility must be given a printout
of each machine operated by that facility, the coins contributed by each machine
to the system jackpot for the period for which an invoice is remitted, and any
other information required by the commission to confirm the validity of the
facility’s contributions to the system jackpot amount.
k. In calculating adjusted gross receipts, a facility may
deduct its pro–rata share of the present value of any system jackpots
awarded during the month. Such deduction amount shall be listed on the detailed
accounting records provided by the person authorized to provide the multilink
system. A facility’s pro–rata share is based on the number of coins
in from that facility’s machines on the multilink system, compared to the
total amount of coins in on the whole system for the time period(s) between
jackpot(s) awarded.
l. In the event a facility ceases operations and a progressive
jackpot is awarded subsequent to the last day of the final month of operation,
the facility may not file an amended wagering tax submission or make a claim for
a wagering tax refund based on its contributions to that particular progressive
prize pool.
m. A facility, or an entity that is licensed as a manufacturer
or distributor, shall provide the multilink system in accordance with a written
agreement which shall be reviewed and approved by the commission prior to
offering the jackpots, provided, however, a trust comprised of the participating
facility shall be established to control the system jackpot fund (trust fund)
provided for in paragraph “n,” subparagraph (3).
n. The payment of any system jackpot offered on a multilink
system shall be administered by a trust, in accordance with a written trust
agreement which shall be reviewed and approved by the commission prior to the
offering of the jackpot. The trust may contract with a licensed manufacturer or
distributor to administer the trust fund. The trust agreement shall require the
following:
(1) Any facility participating in offering the multilink
system jackpot shall serve as trustee for the trust fund.
(2) Any facility shall be jointly and severally liable for the
payment of system jackpots won on a multilink system in which the licensee is or
was a participant at the time the jackpot was won.
(3) The moneys in the trust fund shall consist of the sum of
funds invoiced to and received by the trust from the facility with respect to
each particular system, which invoices shall be based on a designated percentage
of the handle generated by all machines linked to the particular system; any
income earned by the trust; and sums borrowed by the trust and any other
property received by the trust. Prior to the payment of any other expenses, the
trust funds shall be used to purchase Iowa state–issued debt instruments
or United States Treasury debt instruments in sufficient amounts to ensure that
the trust will have adequate moneys available in each year to make all multilink
system jackpot payments which are required under the terms of the multilink
system jackpots which are won.
(4) A reserve shall be established and maintained within the
trust fund sufficient to purchase any United States Treasury or Iowa state debt
instruments required as multilink system jackpots are won (systems reserves).
For purposes of this rule, the multilink system reserves shall mean an amount
equal to the sum of the present value of the aggregate remaining balances owed
on all jackpots previously won by patrons on the multilink systems; the present
value of the amount currently reflected on the system jackpot meters of the
multilink systems; and the present value of one additional reset (start amount)
on such systems.
(5) The trust shall continue to be maintained until all
payments owed to winners of the multilink system jackpots have been
made.
(6) For multilink system jackpots disbursed in periodic
payments, any United States Treasury or Iowa state debt instruments shall be
purchased within 90 days following notice of the win of the multilink system
jackpot, and a copy of such debt instruments will be provided to the commission
office within 30 days of purchase. Any United States Treasury or Iowa state
debt instrument shall have a surrender value at maturity, excluding any interest
paid before the maturity date, equal to or greater than the value of the
corresponding periodic jackpot payment, and shall have a maturity date prior to
the date the periodic jackpot payment is required to be made.
(7) The trust shall not be permitted to sell, trade, or
otherwise dispose of any United States Treasury or Iowa state debt instruments
prior to maturity unless approval to do so is first obtained from the
commission.
(8) Upon becoming aware of an event of noncompliance with the
terms of the approved trust agreement or reserve requirement mandated by
subparagraph (4) above, the trust must immediately notify the commission of such
event. An event of noncompliance includes a nonpayment of a jackpot periodic
payment or a circumstance which may cause the trust to be unable to fulfill, or
otherwise impair, its ability to satisfy its jackpot payment
obligations.
(9) With the exception of the transfer to the estate or
heir(s) of a deceased system jackpot winner or to the estate or heir(s) of such
transferee upon death or the granting of a first priority lien to the trust to
secure repayment of a tax loan to the winner should a tax liability on the full
amount of the jackpot be assessed by the Internal Revenue Service against the
winner, no interest in income or principal shall be alienated, encumbered, or
otherwise transferred or disposed of in any way by any person while in the
possession and control of the trust.
(10) On a quarterly basis, the trust must deliver to the
commission office a calculation of system reserves required under subparagraph
(4) above.
(11) The trust must be audited, in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards, on the fiscal year of the trust by an independent
certified public accountant. Two copies of the report must be submitted to the
commission office within 90 days after the conclusion of the trust’s
fiscal year.
o. For multilink system jackpots disbursed in periodic
payments, subsequent to the date of the win, a winner may be offered the option
to receive, in lieu of periodic payments, a discounted single cash payment in
the form of a “qualified prize option,” as that term is defined in
Section 451(h) of the Internal Revenue Code. The trust administrator shall
calculate the single cash payment based on the discount rate. “Discount
rate” means either (1) the current prime rate as published in the Wall
Street Journal or (2) a blended rate computed by obtaining quotes for the
purchase of U.S. Government Treasury Securities at least three times per month.
The discount rate selected by the trust administrator shall be used to calculate
the single cash payment for all qualified prizes that occur subsequent to the
date of the selected discount rate, until a new discount rate becomes
effective.
491—11.13(99F) Licensing of manufacturers and
distributors of gambling games or implements of gambling.
11.13(1) Impact on gambling. In considering whether a
manufacturer or distributor applicant will be licensed or a specific product
will be distributed, the administrator shall give due consideration to the
economic impact of the applicant’s product, the willingness of a licensed
facility to offer the product to the public, and whether its revenue potential
warrants the investigative time and effort required to maintain effective
control over the product.
11.13(2) Licensing standards. Standards which shall
be considered when determining the qualifications of an applicant shall include,
but are not limited to, financial stability; business ability and experience;
good character and reputation of the applicant as well as all directors,
officers, partners, and employees; integrity of financial backers; and any
effect on the Iowa economy.
11.13(3) Application procedure. Application for a
manufacturer’s or a distributor’s license shall be made to the
commission for approval by the administrator. In addition to the application,
the following must be completed and presented when the application is
filed:
a. Disclosure of ownership interest, directors, or officers of
licensees.
(1) An applicant or licensee shall notify the administrator of
the identity of each director, corporate officer, owner, partner, joint venture
participant, trustee, or any other person who has any beneficial interest of 5
percent or more, direct or indirect, in the business entity. For any of the
above, as required by the administrator, the applicant or licensee shall submit
background information on forms supplied by the division of criminal
investigation and any other information the administrator may require.
For purposes of this rule, beneficial interest includes all
direct and indirect forms of ownership or control, voting power, or investment
power held through any contract, lien, lease, partnership, stockholding,
syndication, joint venture, understanding, relationship (including family
relationship), present or reversionary right, title or interest, or
otherwise.
(2) For ownership interests of less than 5 percent, the
administrator may request a list of these interests. The list shall include
names, percentages owned, addresses, social security numbers, and dates of
birth. The administrator may request the same information required of those
individuals in subparagraph (1) above.
b. Investigative fees.
(1) Advance payment. The department of public safety may
request payment of the investigative fee in advance as a condition to beginning
investigation.
(2) Payment required. The administrator may withhold final
action with respect to any application until all investigative fees have been
paid in full.
c. A bank or cashier’s check made payable to the Iowa
Racing and Gaming Commission for the annual license fee as follows:
(1) A manufacturer’s license shall be $250.
(2) A distributor’s license shall be $1,000.
d. A copy of each of the following:
(1) Articles of incorporation and certificate of
incorporation, if the applicant is a corporation.
(2) Partnership agreement, if the business entity is a
partnership.
(3) Trust agreement, if the business entity is a
trust.
(4) Joint venture agreement, if the business entity is a joint
venture.
(5) List of employees of the aforementioned who may have
contact with persons within the state of Iowa.
e. A copy of each of the following types of proposed
distribution agreements, where applicable:
(1) Purchase agreement(s).
(2) Lease agreement(s).
(3) Bill(s) of sale.
(4) Participation agreement(s).
f. Supplementary information. Each applicant shall promptly
furnish the administrator with all additional information pertaining to the
application or the applicant which the administrator may require. Failure to
supply the information requested within five days after the request has been
received by the applicant shall constitute grounds for delaying consideration of
the application.
g. Any and all changes in the applicant’s legal
structure, directors, officers, or the respective ownership interests must be
promptly filed with the administrator.
h. The administrator may deny, suspend, or revoke the license
of an applicant or licensee in which a director, corporate officer, or holder of
a beneficial interest includes or involves any person or entity which would be,
or is, ineligible in any respect, such as through want of character, moral
fitness, financial responsibility, professional qualifications, or due to
failure to meet other criteria employed by the administrator, to participate in
gaming regardless of the percentage of ownership interest involved. The
administrator may order the ineligible person or entity to terminate all
relationships with the licensee or applicant, including divestiture of any
ownership interest or beneficial interest at acquisition cost.
i. Disclosure. Disclosure of the full nature and extent of
all beneficial interests may be requested by the administrator and shall include
the names of individuals and entities, the nature of their relationships, and
the exact nature of their beneficial interest.
j. Public disclosure. Disclosure is made for the benefit of
the public, and all documents pertaining to the ownership filed with the
administrator shall be available for public inspection.
11.13(4) Temporary license certificates.
a. A temporary license certificate may be issued at the
discretion of the administrator.
b. Temporary licenses—period valid. Any certificate
issued at the discretion of the administrator shall be valid for a maximum of
120 calendar days from the date of issue.
Failure to obtain a permanent license within the designated
time may result in revocation of the license eligibility, fine, or
suspension.
11.13(5) Withdrawal of application. A written notice
of withdrawal of application may be filed by an applicant at any time prior to
final action. No application shall be permitted to be withdrawn unless the
administrator determines the withdrawal to be in the public interest. No fee or
other payment relating to any application shall become refundable by reason of
withdrawal of the application.
11.13(6) Record keeping.
a. Record storage required. Distributors and manufacturers
shall maintain adequate records of business operations, which shall be made
available to the administrator upon request. These records shall
include:
(1) All correspondence with the administrator and other
governmental agencies on the local, state, and federal level.
(2) All correspondence between the licensee and any of its
customers who are applicants or licensees under Iowa Code chapter 99F.
(3) A personnel file on each employee of the licensee,
including sales representatives.
(4) Financial records of all transactions with facilities and
all other licensees under these regulations.
b. Record retention. The records listed in
11.13(6)“a” shall be retained as required by 491—subrule
5.4(14).
11.13(7) Violation of laws or regulations. Violation
of any provision of any laws of the state or of the United States of America or
of any rules of the commission may constitute an unsuitable method of operation,
subjecting the licensee to limiting, conditioning, restricting, revoking or
suspending the license, or fining the licensee, or any combination of the
above.
11.13(8) Consent to inspections, searches, and
seizures. Each manufacturer or distributor licensed under this chapter shall
consent to inspections, searches, and seizures deemed necessary by the
administrator and authorized by law in order to enforce licensing
requirements.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99F.
ITEM 8. Adopt the following new
491—Chapter 12:
CHAPTER 12
ACCOUNTING AND CASH CONTROL
491—12.1(99F) Definitions.
“Casino” means all areas of a facility where
gaming is conducted.
“Coin” means tokens, nickels, and quarters of
legal tender.
“Commission” means the racing and gaming
commission.
“Container” means:
1. A box attached to a gaming table in which shall be
deposited all currency in exchange for gaming chips, fill and credit slips,
requests for fill forms, and table inventory forms.
2. A canister in a slot machine cabinet to which coins played
are diverted when the hopper is filled or in which currency is retained
by slot machines and not used to make change or automatic jackpot
payouts.
“Count room” means an area in the facility where
contents of containers are counted and recorded.
“Currency” means paper money of legal tender or
paper form of cashless wagering.
“Drop” means removing the containers from the
casino to the count room.
“Facility” means an entity licensed by the
commission to conduct gaming operations in Iowa.
“Hopper” means a payout reserve container in which
coins are retained by a slot machine to automatically pay jackpots.
“Internal controls” means the facility’s
system of internal controls.
“Moneys” means coin and currency.
“Request” means a request for credit slip, request
for fill slip, or request for jackpot payout slip.
“Slip” means a credit slip, fill slip, or jackpot
payout slip.
“Slot machine” means a mechanical or electronic
gambling game device into which a player may deposit coins, currency, or other
form of cashless wagering and from which certain numbers of credits are paid out
when a particular configuration of symbols or events is displayed on the
machine.
491—12.2(99F) Accounting records.
12.2(1) Each facility shall maintain complete and
accurate records of all transactions pertaining to revenues and costs.
12.2(2) General accounting records shall be maintained
on a double entry system of accounting with transactions recorded on an accrual
basis.
12.2(3) Detailed, supporting, and subsidiary records
shall be maintained. The records shall include, but are not limited
to:
a. Statistical game records by gaming day to reflect drop and
win amounts by table for each game.
b. Records of all investments, advances, loans, and receivable
balances due the facility.
c. Records related to investments in property and
equipment.
d. Records which identify the handle, payout, win amounts and
percentages, theoretical win amounts and percentages, and differences between
theoretical and actual win amounts and percentages for each slot machine
on a week–to–date, month–to–date, and
year–to–date basis.
e. Records of all loans and other amounts payable by the
facility.
f. Records that identify the purchase, receipt, and
destruction of gaming chips and tokens.
12.2(4) Whenever duplicate or triplicate copies of a
form, record, or document are required by these rules, the original, duplicate,
and triplicate copies shall be color–coded and have the destination of the
original copy identified on the duplicate and triplicate copies.
12.2(5) Whenever forms or serial numbers are required
to be accounted for or copies of forms are required to be compared for agreement
and exceptions are noted, such exceptions shall be reported immediately and in
writing to the commission.
491—12.3(99F) Facility internal
controls.
12.3(1) Each facility shall submit a description of
internal controls to the commission. The submission shall be made at least 90
days before gaming operations are to commence unless otherwise directed by the
administrator. The submission shall include and provide for the
following:
a. Administrative control that includes, but is not limited
to, the plan of organization and the procedures and rec–ords that are
concerned with the decision processes leading to management’s levels of
authorization of transactions.
b. Accounting control that includes the plan of organization
and the procedures and records that are concerned with the safeguarding of
assets and the reliability of financial rec–ords. The accounting control
shall be designed to provide reasonable assurance that:
(1) Transactions are executed in accordance with
management’s general and specific authorization, which shall include the
requirements of this chapter.
(2) Transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets.
(3) Access to assets is permitted only in accordance with
management authorization, which shall include requirements of this
chapter.
(4) The recorded accountability for assets is compared with
existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
respect to any differences.
c. A listing of competent personnel with integrity and an
understanding of prescribed internal controls.
d. A listing of the segregation of incompatible functions so
that no employee is in a position to perpetrate and conceal errors or
irregularities in the normal course of the employee’s duties.
12.3(2) A commission representative shall review each
submission required by subrule 12.3(1) and determine whether it conforms to the
requirements of Iowa Code chapter 99F and to the intent of this chapter and
whether the internal controls submitted provide adequate and effective control
for the operations of the facility. If the commission representative finds any
insufficiencies, the insufficiencies shall be specified in writing to the
facility, which shall make appropriate alterations. No facility shall commence
gaming operations unless and until the internal controls are approved.
12.3(3) Each facility shall submit to the commission
any changes to the internal controls previously approved at least 15 days before
the changes are to become effective unless otherwise directed by a commission
representative. The proposed changes shall be submitted to the commission and
the changes may be approved or disapproved by the commission representative. No
facility shall alter its internal controls until the changes are
approved.
12.3(4) It shall be the affirmative responsibility and
continuing duty of each occupational licensee to follow and comply with all
internal controls.
491—12.4(99F) Accounting controls within the
cashier’s cage.
12.4(1) The assets for which the cashiers are
responsible shall be maintained on an impress basis. At the end of each shift,
the cashiers assigned to the outgoing shift shall record on a cashier’s
count sheet the face value of each cage inventory item counted and the total of
the opening and closing cage inventories and shall reconcile the total closing
inventory with the total opening inventory.
12.4(2) At the conclusion of gaming activity each
gaming day, a copy of the cashiers’ count sheets and related documentation
shall be forwarded to the accounting department for agreement of opening and
closing inventories, agreement of amounts thereon to other forms, records, and
documents required by this chapter, and the recording of all
transactions.
12.4(3) Each facility shall place on file with the
commission the names of all persons authorized to enter the cashier’s
cage, persons who possess the combination or keys to the locks securing the
entrance to the cage, and persons who possess the ability to operate alarm
systems.
491—12.5(99F) Gaming table container. Each
gaming table in a casino shall have attached to it a container.
12.5(1) Each container shall have:
a. A lock securing the contents of the container, the key to
which shall be checked out by the drop team.
b. A separate lock securing the container to the gaming
table, the key to which shall be different from each of the keys to locks
securing the contents of the container.
c. A slot opening through which currency, forms,
rec–ords, and documents can be inserted.
d. A mechanical device that will close and lock the slot
opening upon removal of the container from the gaming table.
12.5(2) Keys referred to in this rule shall be
maintained and controlled by the security department in a secured area. The
facility shall establish a sign–out procedure for all keys removed from
the secured area.
491—12.6(99F) Accepting currency at gaming
tables. Whenever currency is presented by a patron at a gaming table in
exchange for gaming chips, the following procedures and requirements shall be
observed:
12.6(1) The dealer or boxperson accepting the currency
shall spread the currency on the top of the gaming table.
12.6(2) The dealer or boxperson shall verbalize the
currency value in a tone of voice necessary to be heard by the patron and the
casino supervisor assigned to the gaming table.
12.6(3) The dealer or boxperson shall take the
currency from the top of the gaming table and place it into the container
immediately after verbalizing the amount.
491—12.7(99F) Forms for the movement of gaming chips
to and from gaming tables.
12.7(1) A request shall be prepared by a casino
supervisor or a casino clerk to authorize the preparation of a slip for the
movement of gaming chips. The request shall be a two–part form and access
to the form shall, prior to use, be restricted to casino supervisors and casino
clerks.
12.7(2) On the original and duplicate requests, the
following information shall be recorded:
a. The date and time of preparation.
b. The total amount of each denomination.
c. The total amount of all denominations.
d. The game and table number.
e. The signature of the casino supervisor. Additionally, for
credit requests, the signature of the dealer or boxperson assigned to the gaming
table.
12.7(3) Slips shall be serially prenumbered forms;
each series of slips shall be used in sequential order and the series numbers of
all slips received by a casino shall be accounted for by employees who shall
have segregation of incompatible functions. Whenever it becomes necessary to
void a slip, the original and duplicate slips must clearly be marked
“void” and shall require the signature of the preparer.
12.7(4) For facilities in which slips are manually
prepared, the following procedures and requirements shall be observed:
a. Each series of slips shall be a three–part form and
shall be inserted in a locked dispenser that will permit an individual slip in
the series and its copies to be written upon simultaneously while still locked
in the dispenser and will discharge the original and duplicate slips while the
triplicate remains in a continuous unbroken form in the dispenser.
b. Access to the triplicates shall be maintained and
controlled at all times by employees responsible for controlling and accounting
for the unused supply of slips, placing slips in the dispensers, and removing
from the dispensers, each gaming day, the triplicates remaining therein. The
employees shall have segregation of incompatible functions.
12.7(5) For facilities in which slips
are computer–prepared, each series of slips shall be a two–part form
and shall be inserted in a printer that will simultaneously print an original
and a duplicate and store, in machine–readable form, all information
printed on the original and duplicate and discharge in the cashier’s cage
the original and duplicate. The stored data shall not be susceptible to change
or removal by any personnel after preparation of a slip.
12.7(6) On original, duplicate, and triplicate slips
or in stored data, the preparer shall record the following
information:
a. The date and time of preparation.
b. The total amount of each denomination.
c. The total amount of all denominations.
d. The game and table number.
e. The signature of the preparer or, if
computer–prepared, the identification code of the preparer.
12.7(7) The original and duplicate slips shall contain
signatures of the following personnel at the following times attesting to the
accuracy of the information contained on the slips:
a. The cashier upon preparation.
b. The security employee, or other employee authorized by the
internal controls, upon receipt of the gaming chips to be transported to or from
the cashier’s cage.
c. The dealer or boxperson assigned to the gaming table upon
receipt of the gaming chips at the table from a security employee, or other
employee authorized by the internal controls.
d. The casino supervisor assigned to the gaming table upon
receipt of the gaming chips at the table.
12.7(8) The original and duplicate void slips, void
and error reports, requests, and the original slip, maintained and controlled in
conformity with subrule 12.8(6) or 12.9(4), shall be forwarded using one of the
following alternatives:
a. Forwarded to the count team for agreement with the
duplicate slip and duplicate request, and the original and duplicate slip shall
be forwarded to the accounting department for agreement, on a daily basis, with
the triplicate or stored data.
b. Forwarded to the accounting department for agreement, on a
daily basis, with the duplicate slip and duplicate request removed from the
container and the triplicate or stored data.
491—12.8(99F) Distribution of gaming chips to gaming
tables.
12.8(1) After preparation of a request, the original
request shall be transported directly to the cashier’s cage.
12.8(2) The dealer or boxperson shall place the
duplicate request in public view on the gaming table to which the gaming chips
are to be received. The duplicate request shall not be removed until the chips
are received.
12.8(3) If slips are computer–prepared,
and the input data required for preparation complies with subrule 12.7(2),
subrules 12.8(1) and 12.8(2) shall not apply.
12.8(4) A slip shall be prepared by a
cashier.
12.8(5) All gaming chips distributed to the gaming
tables from the cashier’s cage shall be transported to the gaming tables
from the cashier’s cage by a security employee, or other employee
authorized by the internal controls, who shall compare the original request to
the slip and sign the original request, maintained at the cashier’s cage,
before transporting the gaming chips and the original and duplicate
slips.
12.8(6) Upon meeting the signature requirements as
described in subrule 12.7(7), the employee that transported the gaming chips and
the original and duplicate slips to the table shall observe the immediate
placement by the dealer or boxperson of the original slip and the duplicate
request in the container of the gaming table to which the gaming chips were
transported and return or observe the return of the duplicate slip to the
cashier’s cage where the duplicate slip and original request shall be
maintained together and controlled by a cashier.
491—12.9(99F) Removal of gaming chips from gaming
tables.
12.9(1) Immediately upon preparation of a request and
transfer of gaming chips to a security employee, or other employee authorized by
the internal controls, a casino supervisor shall obtain on the duplicate request
the signature of the employee to whom the gaming chips were transferred. The
dealer or boxperson shall then place the duplicate request in public view on the
gaming table from which the gaming chips were removed. The duplicate request
shall not be removed until a slip is received from a cashier.
12.9(2) The security employee, or other employee
authorized by the internal controls, shall transport the original request and
the gaming chips removed from the gaming table directly to the cashier’s
cage.
12.9(3) Slips shall be prepared by a cashier or,
ifcomputer–prepared, by a cashier, casino supervisor, or casino clerk,
whenever gaming chips are returned from the gaming tables to the cashier’s
cage.
12.9(4) Upon meeting the signature requirements as
described in subrule 12.7(7), the security employee, or other employee
authorized by the internal controls, shall transport the original and duplicate
slips to the gaming table. The employee transporting the original and duplicate
slips shall observe the immediate placement by the dealer or boxperson of
the duplicate slip and duplicate request in the container attached to the gaming
table from which the gaming chips were removed. The security employee or the
casino clerk shall expeditiously return the original slip to the cashier’s
cage where the original slip and original request shall be maintained and
controlled by employees independent of the casino department.
491—12.10(99F) Dropping or opening a gaming
table.
12.10(1) The table inventory slips shall be
two–part forms, the original marked “closer” and the duplicate
marked “opener,” containing the following:
a. The date and time of preparation.
b. The game and table number.
c. The total value of each denomination of gaming
chips.
d. The total value of all denominations of gaming
chips.
12.10(2) Whenever a gaming table is dropped or upon
initial opening after a drop, the gaming chips at the gaming table shall be
counted by the dealer or boxperson assigned to the gaming table while observed
by a casino supervisor assigned to the gaming table.
12.10(3) Signatures attesting to the accuracy of the
information recorded on the table inventory slips at the time of dropping or
opening of the gaming tables shall be of the dealer or boxperson and the casino
supervisor assigned to the gaming table who observed the dealer or boxperson
count the contents of the table inventory.
12.10(4) Upon meeting the signature requirements
described in subrule 12.10(3):
a. The closer, at dropping, shall be deposited in the
container immediately prior to the closing of the table. The opener and the
gaming chips remaining at the table shall be placed in a secured locked area on
the table.
b. The opener, at opening, shall be immediately deposited in
the container.
12.10(5) Upon opening a gaming table, if the totals on
the gaming inventory form vary from the opening count, the casino supervisor
shall fill out an error notification slip. The casino supervisor and dealer or
boxperson shall sign the error notification slip and deposit the slip in the
container.
491—12.11(99F) Slot
machines—keys.
12.11(1) Each slot machine located in a casino shall
have a hopper and a container. Each container shall be identified at time of
removal by a number corresponding to the casino number of the slot machine from
which it is removed.
12.11(2) The container of each slot machine shall be
housed in a locked compartment separate from any other compartment of the slot
machine.
12.11(3) The key to the compartment securing the
container shall be maintained and controlled by the security department in a
secured area. The facility shall establish a sign–out procedure for all
keys removed from the secured area.
12.11(4) Keys to each slot machine or any device
connected thereto which may affect the operation of the slot machine with the
exception of the keys to the compartment housing the container shall be
maintained in a secure place and controlled by the slot department.
491—12.12(99F) Forms for hopper fills and jackpot
payout slips.
12.12(1) Slips shall be serially prenumbered forms.
Each series of slips shall be used in sequential order, and the series numbers
of all slips received by a casino shall be accounted for by employees
independent of the cashier’s cage and the slot department. Whenever it
becomes necessary to void a slip, the original and duplicate slips must clearly
be marked “void” and shall require the signature of the preparer.
A serially prenumbered combined slip may be utilized as approved by a
commission representative provided that the combined slip shall be used in a
manner which otherwise complies with this chapter.
12.12(2) For facilities in which slips are manually
prepared, the following procedures and requirements shall be observed:
a. Each series of slips shall be a three–part form and
shall be inserted in a locked dispenser that will permit an individual slip in
the series and its copies to be written upon simultaneously while still locked
in the dispenser and will discharge the original and duplicate slips while the
triplicate remains in a continuous unbroken form in the dispenser.
b. Access to the triplicates shall be maintained and
controlled at all times by employees responsible for controlling and accounting
for the unused supply of slips, placing slips in the dispensers, and removing
from the dispensers, each gaming day, the triplicates remaining therein. The
employees shall have segregation of incompatible functions.
12.12(3) For facilities in which slips are
computer–prepared, each series of slips shall be a two–part form and
shall be inserted in a printer that will simultaneously print an original and a
duplicate and store, in a machine–readable form, all information printed
on the original and duplicate and discharge the original and duplicate slips.
The stored data shall not be susceptible to change or removal by any personnel
after the preparation of a slip.
12.12(4) On original, duplicate, and triplicate slips
or in stored data, the preparer shall record the following
information:
a. The casino number of the slot machine.
b. The date and time of preparation.
c. For fills, the denomination and amount of coins to be
distributed.
d. For jackpots, the amount to be paid and the slot booth or
cage location from which the amount is to be paid. For jackpots, the winning
combination of symbols and the amount to be paid.
e. The signature or, if computer–prepared,
identification code of the preparer.
12.12(5) At the end of each gaming day, the original
and duplicate slips shall be forwarded as follows:
a. The original slip shall be forwarded to the accounting
department for agreement with the triplicate or stored data.
b. The duplicate slip shall be forwarded directly to the
accounting department for recording on the slot win sheet for agreement with the
meter readings recorded on the slot meter sheet and agreement with the
triplicate or stored data.
491—12.13(99F) Hopper fills.
12.13(1) Whenever a slot supervisor, attendant, or
slot technician requests a fill, a cashier shall prepare a slip.
12.13(2) All coins distributed to a slot machine shall
be transported directly to the slot machine by a security employee, or other
employee authorized by the internal controls, who shall at the same time
transport the duplicate slip for signature. The employee shall observe the
deposit of the coins in the slot machine and the closing and locking of the slot
machine by the slot technician or slot attendant before obtaining the signature
of the slot technician or slot attendant on the duplicate slip.
12.13(3) A slot technician or slot attendant who
participates in fill transactions shall inspect the slot machine and determine
if the empty hopper resulted from a machine malfunction. If the empty hopper is
a result of machine malfunction, a slot technician will repair the machine
before play of the machine is resumed.
12.13(4) Signatures attesting to the accuracy of the
information contained on the fill slip shall be of the following personnel at
the following times:
a. The cashier upon preparation—on original and
duplicate slips.
b. The security employee, or other employee authorized by the
internal controls, upon receipt of the coins to be transported to a slot
machine from a cashier—on original and duplicate slips.
c. The slot technician or attendant after depositing the coins
in the slot machine and closing and locking the slot machine—on duplicate
slip only.
12.13(5) Upon meeting the signature requirements as
described in paragraphs 12.13(4)“a” to “c,” the security
employee, or other employee authorized by the internal controls, shall maintain
and control the duplicate slip or deposit it in a secured area controlled by the
accounting department. A cashier shall maintain and control the original
slip.
491—12.14(99F) Jackpot payouts.
12.14(1) Whenever a patron wins a jackpot that is not
totally and automatically paid directly from a slot machine, a cashier shall
prepare a slip.
12.14(2) All remuneration paid to a patron as a result
of winning a jackpot shall be disbursed by a cashier to a slot attendant or slot
supervisor or, if the jackpot is $1,200 or more, a security employee, or other
employee authorized by the internal controls, who shall transport the winnings
directly to the patron.
12.14(3) Signatures attesting to the accuracy of the
information contained on the slip shall be of the following personnel at the
following times:
a. The original and duplicate slips:
(1) The cashier upon preparation.
(2) A slot attendant or supervisor after observing the symbols
of the slot machine or, if the jackpot is $1,200 or more, a supervisor after
observing the symbols of the slot machine.
b. The duplicate slip:
(1) The shift manager after observing the symbols of the slot
machine if the jackpot is in excess of $10,000.
(2) A security employee, or other employee authorized by the
internal controls, after observing the payout.
12.14(4) Upon meeting the signature requirements as
described in paragraphs 12.14(3)“a” and “b,” the
security employee, or other employee authorized by the internal controls, shall
maintain and control the duplicate slip or deposit it in a secured area
controlled by the accounting department. A cashier shall maintain and control
the original slip.
12.14(5) Prior to payment of a slot jackpot in excess
of $100,000, a commission representative shall conduct an investigation,
including a verification check of game–related storage media. The
commission representative shall have the authority to issue a written order to
withhold or award any jackpot when conditions indicate that action is
warranted.
491—12.15(99F) Computer recording requirements and
monitoring of slot machines.
12.15(1) A facility shall have a computer connected to
each slot machine in the casino to record and monitor the slot machine’s
activities.
12.15(2) The computer shall be designed and operated
to automatically perform the functions relating to slot machine meters in the
casino as follows:
a. Record the number and total of moneys placed in the slot
machine for the purpose of activating play.
b. Record the number and total of moneys in the
container(s).
c. Record the number and total of moneys to be paid manually
as the result of a jackpot.
d. Record the electronic meter information required by
491—subrule 11.10(4).
12.15(3) The computer shall monitor and detect machine
exception codes and error messages as required by 491—subrule 11.10(5) and
491—11.11(99F).
12.15(4) The computer shall store in
machine–readable form all information required by subrules 12.15(2) and
12.15(3) and the stored data shall not be susceptible to change or
removal.
491—12.16(99F) Transportation of
containers.
12.16(1) Each facility shall place on file with a
commission representative a schedule setting forth the specific times at which
the containers will be brought to or removed from the gaming tables or slot
machines.
12.16(2) A security employee shall accompany and
observe the drop team. All containers removed from the gaming tables shall be
transported by one security employee and one casino supervisor.
12.16(3) All containers removed from slot machine
cabinets shall:
a. Be removed by a drop team who shall wear outer garments as
required by 12.18(2).
b. Be replaced immediately with an empty container that shall
be secured in the cabinet.
12.16(4) All containers removed shall be transported
directly to, and secured in, the count room or in a secure area within the
facility until the containers can be transferred to the count room.
12.16(5) Empty containers, not secured to the gaming
tables or slot machine cabinets, shall be stored in the count room or an
approved secured location.
491—12.17(99F) Count
room—characteristics.
12.17(1) Each facility shall have a count room that
shall:
a. Be designed and constructed to provide maximum security for
materials housed within and the activities conducted therein.
b. Have an alarm device connected to the entrance of the room
that causes a signaling to the monitors of the closed circuit television system
and to the commission representative’s office whenever the door to the
room is opened.
c. Have, if currency is counted within, a count table
constructed of clear glass or similar material for the emptying, counting, and
recording of the contents of containers.
12.17(2) All room keys shall be maintained and
controlled by the security department in a secured area. The facility shall
establish a sign–out procedure for all keys removed from the secured
area.
491—12.18(99F) Opening, counting, and recording
contents of containers in the count room.
12.18(1) Each facility shall file with a commission
representative the specific times and procedures for opening, counting, and
recording the contents of containers.
12.18(2) All persons present in the count room during
the counting process, unless expressly exempted by a commission representative,
shall wear a full–length, one–piece, pocketless outer garment with
openings only for the arms, feet, and neck that extends over any other garments
and covers the tops of any footwear.
12.18(3) Persons shall not:
a. Carry a pocketbook or other container into the count room,
unless it is transparent.
b. Remove their hands from or return them to a position on or
above the count table unless the backs and palms of the hands are first held
straight out and exposed to the view of other members of the count team and the
closed circuit television camera.
12.18(4) Requirements for conducting the
count.
a. Immediately prior to the commencement of the count, the
count team shall notify the person assigned to the surveillance room that the
count is about to begin, after whichthe surveillance department shall make a
video recording with the time and date inserted thereon of the entire counting
process.
b. Prior to counting the contents of the containers, the doors
to the count room shall be locked and no person shall be permitted to enter or
leave the count room, except during an emergency or on scheduled breaks, until
the entire counting, recording, and verification process is completed. During
this time, a commission representative shall have unrestricted access.
c. When a container is placed on a count table or coin scale,
the count team shall ensure that the table or machine number associated with a
container is identified to the surveillance department.
d. A machine may be used to automatically count the contents
of a container.
e. The contents of each container shall be emptied on the
count table or coin scale and either manually counted separately on the count
table or counted in an approved currency counting machine located in a
conspicuous location on, near, or adjacent to the count table or coin scale.
These procedures shall at all times be conducted in full view of the closed
circuit television cameras located in the count room.
f. Immediately after the contents of a container are emptied
onto the count table or coin scale, the inside of the container shall be held up
to the full view of a closed circuit television camera and shall be shown to at
least one other count team member to ensure all contents of the container have
been removed and, if applicable, the container shall then be locked. Empty
containers shall be secured in an area separate from uncounted
containers.
g. If the original count is being performed by a machine that
automatically counts and records the amounts of the contents of each individual
container, an aggregate count may be permitted in substitution of a second
container count.
h. For manually counted containers:
(1) The count team members shall place the contents of each
container into separate stacks on the count table by denomination of moneys and
by type of form, record, or document, except that a machine may be used to
automatically sort moneys by denomination.
(2) Each denomination of moneys shall be counted separately by
one count team member who shall group moneys of the same denomination on the
count table in full view of a closed circuit television camera. The moneys
shall then be counted by a second count team member who is unaware of the result
of the original count. The second count team member, after completing this
count, shall confirm the accuracy of the total, either orally or in writing,
with that reached by the first count team member.
12.18(5) Table games.
a. As the contents of each container from a table game are
counted, one count team member shall record the following information by game,
table number, date, and time on a master game report or supporting
documents:
(1) The amount of each denomination of currency.
(2) The amount of all denominations of currency.
(3) The amount of coin.
(4) The total amounts of moneys.
(5) The amount of the opener.
(6) The amount of the closer.
(7) The serial number and amount of each fill.
(8) The amount of all fills.
(9) The serial number and amount of each credit.
(10) The amount of all credits.
(11) The win or loss.
b. After the contents of each container are counted and
recorded, one member of the count team shall record by game on the master game
report the total amounts of moneys, table inventory slips, fills, credits, and
win or loss together with any other required information.
c. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs
12.18(5)“a” and “b,” if the internal controls allow for
the recording of fills, credits, and table inventory slips on the master game
report or supporting documents prior to commencement of the count, a count team
member shall compare for agreement the totals of the amounts recorded thereon to
the fills, credits, and table inventory slips removed from the
containers.
d. After preparation of the master game report, each count
team member shall sign the report attesting to the accuracy of the information
contained thereon.
e. Moneys shall not be removed from the count room after
commencement of the count until the moneys total has been verified and accepted
by a cashier. At the conclusion of the count, all moneys removed from the
containers shall be counted by a cashier in the presence of a count team member
prior to having access to the information recorded on the master game report.
The cashier shall attest to the accuracy of the amount of moneys received from
the gaming tables by signature on the master game report, after which a count
team member shall sign the master game report evidencing the fact that both the
cashier and count team have agreed on the total amount of moneys counted. The
verified funds shall then remain in the custody of the cashier.
f. After the master game report has been signed, the requests,
slips, and table inventory slips removed from containers shall be attached. The
report, with attachments, shall then be transported directly to the accounting
department or shall be maintained in locked storage until the master game report
can be delivered to the accounting department. Upon meeting the signature
requirements described in paragraph 12.18(5)“e,” the report shall
not be available to any cashier’s cage personnel.
g. Unless the internal controls provide for the forwarding of
the original requests and original slips from the cashier’s cage
directly to the accounting department, the original requests and original
slips recorded or to be recorded on the master game report shall be transported
from the count room directly to the accounting department.
h. The originals and copies of the master game report,
requests, slips, table inventory slips, and the test receipts from the currency
counting equipment shall, on a daily basis in the accounting department,
be:
(1) Compared for agreement with each other on a test basis if
the originals are received from the count room by persons with no recording
responsibilities and, if applicable, to triplicates or stored data.
(2) Reviewed for the appropriate number and propriety of
signatures on a test basis.
(3) Accounted for by series numbers, if applicable.
(4) Verified for proper calculation, summarization, and
recording.
(5) Recorded.
(6) Maintained and controlled by the accounting department as
a permanent accounting record.
12.18(6) Slot machines.
a. Moneys shall not be removed from the count room after
commencement of the count until the moneys total has been verified and accepted
by a cashier. At the conclusion of the count, all moneys removed from the
containers shall be counted by a cashier in the presence of a count team member
prior to the recording of information on the slot drop sheet. The cashier shall
attest to the accuracy of the amount of moneys received from the slot machines
by signature on the slot drop sheet, after which a count team member shall sign
the slot drop sheet evidencing the fact that both the cashier and count team
have agreed on the total amount of moneys counted. The verified funds shall
remain in the custody of the cashier.
b. The slot drop sheet and supporting documents shall be
transported directly to the accounting department and shall not be available,
except for signing, to any cashier’s cage or slot personnel or shall be
maintained in locked storage until they can be delivered to the accounting
department.
c. The preparation of the slot drop sheet shall be completed
by accounting employees as follows:
(1) Compare the amount of moneys counted and the drop meter
reading for agreement for each slot machine.
(2) Record the hopper fills for each slot machine.
(3) Record for each slot machine the payouts and compare for
agreement the payouts to the manual jackpot meter reading recorded on the slot
meter sheet.
(4) Calculate and record the win or loss for each slot
machine.
(5) Explain and report for corrections of apparent meter
malfunctions to the slot department all significant differences between meter
readings and amounts recorded.
(6) Calculate statistics by slot machine.
d. The slot drop sheet, the slot meter sheet, payouts, and
hopper fills shall be:
(1) Compared for agreement with each other and to triplicates
or stored data on a test basis.
(2) Reviewed for the appropriate number and propriety of
signatures on a test basis.
(3) Accounted for by series numbers, if applicable.
(4) Verified for proper calculation, summarization, and
recording.
(5) Recorded.
(6) Maintained and controlled by accounting
employees.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99F.
ITEM 9. Rescind 491—Chapters
22, 24 and 26.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
August 1, 1999 — August 31, 1999 8.00%
September 1, 1999 — September 30, 1999 8.00%
October 1, 1999 — October 31, 1999 8.00%
November 1, 1999 — November 30, 1999 8.00%
December 1, 1999 — December 31, 1999 8.00%
January 1, 2000 — January 31, 2000 8.00%
February 1, 2000 — February 29, 2000 8.25%
March 1, 2000 — March 31, 2000 8.75%
April 1, 2000 — April 30, 2000 8.50%
May 1, 2000 — May 31, 2000 8.25%
June 1, 2000 — June 30, 2000 8.00%
July 1, 2000 — July 31, 2000 8.50%
August 1, 2000 — August 31, 2000 8.00%
September 1 — September 30, 2000 8.00%
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0108B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11) and
203C.5, the Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship hereby amends Chapter
90, “State Licensed Warehouses and Warehouse Operators,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These rules allow warehouse operators to store corn in
polyethylene bags or in a ground pile to accommodate the 2000 corn
harvest.
Current storage facilities are anticipated to be inadequate
for the upcoming harvest. Therefore, emergency storage space will be required.
These rules will allow the Department to approve and license emergency storage
space under certain conditions.
The Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship finds that
notice and public participation are impracticable because the 2000 harvest is
imminent. There is not adequate time to implement the regular rule–making
process to accommodate the record corn crop harvest. Therefore, these rules are
filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of these rules, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the rules made effective upon
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator. These rules confer a benefit
on the public and the grain industry by providing additional storage space for
the 2000 corn harvest. No waiver provision is included in these rules because
an existing rule allows for waivers in appropriate cases. That waiver rule also
applies to the rules adopted in this filing.
These rules are being simultaneously published under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0107B.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
203C.2, 203C.7, 203C.8, 203C.12, 203C.16, and 203C.18.
These rules became effective August 18, 2000.
The following rules are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind 21—90.31(203C) and
adopt the following new rule:
21—90.31(203C) Emergency ground pile storage
space. Emergency storage space may, in the discretion of the department, be
approved and licensed on the following bases:
90.31(1) Licenses for emergency ground pile storage
space shall be effective only for the storage of corn from August 1 to January
31 of the following year.
90.31(2) The warehouse operator shall either purchase
the grain stored in the emergency ground pile storage space or remove the corn
from the emergency ground pile storage space prior to February 1. Any corn
remaining in such space after this date will not be included in grain inventory
measurements made by the department, and such corn may not be used to cover
storage obligations.
90.31(3) Before any corn can be placed in the
emergency ground pile storage space, the department shall receive either an
irrevocable letter of credit or a surety bond in the amount of $2 for each
bushel to be placed in emergency ground pile storage space. The irrevocable
letter of credit or surety bond will expire on April 1. The irrevocable letter
of credit or surety bond filed with the department under this rule shall not be
canceled by the issuer on less than 45 days’ notice by certified mail to
the department and the licensee. When the department receives notice from an
issuer that it has canceled the irrevocable letter of credit or surety bond, the
department shall automatically suspend the license if a replacement irrevocable
letter of credit or surety bond is not received by the department within 30 days
of the issuance of the notice of cancellation. If a replacement irrevocable
letter of credit or surety bond is not filed within another 10 days following
the suspension, the warehouse license shall be automatically revoked.
90.31(4) All emergency ground pile storage space shall
have an asphalt base, concrete base, or a compacted limestone base which meets
the following minimum specifications.
a. Base shall be of a depth and compaction to permit trucks or
other equipment used in loading or unloading the pad to move around over the
base without breaking through or unduly scuffing the surface.
b. Depth of limestone top shall be not less than four
inches.
c. The slope from the center of the base shall not be less
than one–fourth inch per linear foot to edge of base.
d. Adequate drainage away from the base shall be provided to
prevent any water from standing or backing up under the grain.
90.31(5) All emergency ground pile storage space shall
be licensed before any corn to be stored is placed in it.
90.31(6) Emergency licensed ground pile storage space
may not exceed 30 percent of permanent licensed storage capacity.
90.31(7) A separate daily position record shall be
maintained on all corn placed in the emergency licensed ground pile storage
space.
90.31(8) Corn containing more than 15 percent moisture
shall not be stored in emergency ground pile storage space.
90.31(9) Corn which does not grade No. 2 or better
using the Official Grade Standards shall not be stored in emergency ground pile
storage space.
90.31(10) The bureau chief or examiner shall issue
written notice to the licensed warehouse operator for any emergency ground pile
storage space which no longer meets these requirements. Failure of the
warehouse operator to place the emergency ground pile storage space in a
suitable condition within a reasonable length of time shall result in the
emergency ground pile storage space’s being eliminated from coverage from
the warehouse license.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 203C.2,
203C.7, 203C.8, 203C.12, 203C.16, and 203C.18.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new rule:
21—90.32(203C) Polyethylene (polyvinyl) bag storage
space. Polyvinyl bag storage space may, in the discretion of the
department, be approved and licensed on the following bases:
90.32(1) Licenses for polyvinyl bag storage space
shall be effective for the storage of corn only from August 1 to May 1 of the
following year. Polyvinyl bag storage space shall terminate May 1 unless the
licensee requests and obtains an extension. Extension shall be requested 45
days prior to the expiration of the original licensing period or extension then
in effect.
90.32(2) An extension to the original licensing period
of polyvinyl bag storage space or an additional extension may be granted only if
all of the following requirements are satisfied:
a. The licensee has requested an original extension or an
additional extension no later than 45 days prior to the expiration of the
licensing period or extension then in effect.
b. The bureau shall have completed an examination of the
licensee’s polyvinyl bag storage space.
c. The licensee shall have paid the bureau for the cost of the
examination of its polyvinyl bag storage space. The payment shall include the
equipment cost, sampling cost, labor cost and any additional costs incurred by
the bureau in examining a licensee’s polyvinyl bag storage space. Payment
shall be made and received by the bureau before any extension may be
granted.
90.32(3) The warehouse operator shall either purchase
the corn stored in the polyvinyl bag storage space or remove the corn from the
polyvinyl bag storage space prior to May 1 or prior to the expiration of a
granted extension.
90.32(4) All polyvinyl bag storage space shall comply
with the following specifications:
a. The polyvinyl bag shall be a minimum of 8.5 mil or
thicker.
b. The polyvinyl bag shall be white in color.
c. The polyvinyl bag site shall be firm and free of objects
that could puncture the polyvinyl bag. Gravel base will not be an approved
surface.
d. Approved surfaces:
(1) Asphalt base.
(2) Concrete base.
(3) Compacted limestone base.
(4) On turf or hay ground that has been mowed to height (not
more than 2.5 inches) not to puncture the polyvinyl bag.
(5) Bladed dirt.
e. Adequate drainage away from the base shall be provided to
prevent any water from standing or backing up under the polyvinyl
bags.
f. The polyvinyl bag site shall be free of any spilled grain
and tall grass.
90.32(5) Polyvinyl bags must be licensed before any
corn to be stored is placed in them.
90.32(6) Corn stored in polyvinyl bags may not exceed
30 percent of permanent licensed storage capacity.
90.32(7) Corn containing more than 14 percent moisture
shall not be stored in polyvinyl bags.
90.32(8) Corn which does not grade No. 2 or better
using the Official U.S. Standards for Grain shall not be stored in polyvinyl
bags.
90.32(9) The bureau chief or examiner shall issue
written notice to the licensed warehouse operator for any polyvinyl bag which no
longer meets these requirements. Failure of the warehouse operator to place the
polyvinyl bag in a suitable condition within a reasonable length of time shall
result in the polyvinyl bag’s being eliminated from coverage from the
warehouse license. Any polyvinyl bag found which has deteriorated to the point
that it is unsuitable for storage shall be immediately removed from the
warehouse license until the time that it meets the requirements and has been
reinstated.
90.32(10) The polyvinyl bag must be closed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions or so that no
deterioration of the stored corn can occur.
90.32(11) A weekly log shall be maintained on the
condition of the polyvinyl bags. This weekly log shall be made available upon
request by the bureau.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 203C.2,
203C.7, 203C.8, 203C.12, 203C.16, and 203C.18.
[Filed Emergency 8/18/00, effective 8/18/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0114B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.701, the
Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 37, “Iowa State
Industries,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment was suggested by the Labor Services Division so
that the ten–hour OSHA training could be provided by authorized trainers
in the private sector. This amendment will allow greater flexibility for
employers providing maintenance or construction services under contract with the
Department of Corrections or under the General Services Department. This
amendment will also eliminate any inconsistency with Workforce Development/Board
Services Division 877—subrule 1.6(4).
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
of Corrections finds that notice and public participation are impracticable due
to the brief period between the approval of this amendment and the effective
date of rule 201—37.6(904).
The Department of Corrections also finds, pursuant to Iowa
Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of this
amendment should be waived and the amendment made effective upon filing on
August 18, 2000, so that the amendment takes effect as soon as possible because
rule 201—37.6(904) became effective August 2, 2000. This amendment
confers a benefit to the public by allowing more individuals to provide the
ten–hour OSHA training to offenders.
The Department of Corrections Board adopted this amendment on
August 4, 2000.
This amendment became effective August 18, 2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.701.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind subrule 37.6(5) and adopt the following
new subrule in lieu thereof:
37.6(5) Safety training. The employer shall document
that all offenders employed in construction and maintenance projects receive a
ten–hour safety course provided free of charge by the department of
workforce development by a trainer with the appropriate authorization from the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration Training Institute.
[Filed Emergency 8/18/00, effective 8/18/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0122B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby rescinds Chapter 20,
“Accelerated Career Education (ACE) Program,” and adopts a new
Chapter 20, “Accelerated Career Education (ACE) Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The new rules implement the Accelerated Career Education (ACE)
Program as authorized by Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2453. The rules
establish guidelines, application procedures, and evaluation criteria for the
capital costs and program job credits components of the ACE Program.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation are impracticable and contrary to the
public interest because, in order to allow applicants to receive program
benefits in time for the fall 2000 school year, rules must be in effect so that
applications can be accepted prior to the start of the fall semester. In
addition, applications for the capital costs component are pending. To permit
eligible projects to move forward, funding decisions need to be made in a timely
manner.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the rules, 35 days
after publication, should be waived and the rules be made effective on August
18, 2000. These rules confer a benefit on the public by ensuring that eligible
applicants have access to ACE Program resources in time for the 2000 school
year.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these rules is published
herein as ARC 0121B to solicit public comment.
The Department is taking the following steps to notify
potentially affected parties of the effective date of the rules: publishing the
rules in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, providing free copies on request, and
having copies available wherever requests for information about the program are
likely to be made.
The IDED Board adopted the new rules on August 17,
2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2453.
These rules became effective on August 18, 2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 261—Chapter 20 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 20
ACCELERATED CAREER EDUCATION (ACE)
PROGRAM
DIVISION I – GENERAL
PROVISIONS
261—20.1(260G) Purpose. The ACE program has
three parts: the capital costs component, the program job credits component, and
the accelerated career education grants program. The Iowa department of
economic development administers the first two components. The college student
aid commission administers the career education grants portion of the ACE
program as described in the commission’s administrative rules. The goal
of the ACE program is to provide an enhanced skilled workforce in
Iowa.
261—20.2(260G) Definitions.
“Accelerated career education program” or
“ACE” means the program established pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439.
“Agreement” means a program agreement referred to
in Iowa Code Supplement section 260G.3 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2439, between an employer and a community college.
“Allotment” means the distribution of job credits
based upon need as determined by the community colleges.
“Community college” means a community college
established under Iowa Code chapter 260C or a consortium of two or more
community colleges.
“Employee” means a person employed in a program
job.
“Employer” means a business or consortium of
businesses engaged in interstate or intrastate commerce for the purposes of
manufacturing, processing or assembling products; construction; conducting
research and development; or providing services in interstate or intrastate
commerce, but excluding retail services.
“Highly skilled job” means a job with a broadly
based, high–performance skill profile including advanced computation and
communication skills, technology skills and workplace behavior skills, and for
which an applied technical education is required.
“IDED” or “department” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“IDED board” means the Iowa economic development
board authorized under Iowa Code section 15.103.
“Participant” means an individual who is enrolled
in an accelerated career education program at a community college.
“Participant position” means the individual
student enrollment position available in an accelerated career education
program.
“Program capital cost” means classroom and
laboratory renovation, new classroom and laboratory construction, site
acquisition or preparation.
“Program job” means a highly skilled job available
from an employer pursuant to a program agreement.
“Program job credit” means a credit that an
employer may claim against all withholding taxes due in an amount up to 10
percent of the gross program job wage of a program job position as authorized in
an agreement between a community college and an employer.
“Program job position” means a job position which
is planned or available for an employee by the employer pursuant to a program
agreement.
“Program operating costs” means all necessary and
incidental costs of providing program services.
“Program services” means services that include all
of the following provided they are pursuant to a program agreement: program
needs assessment and development, job task analysis, curriculum development and
revision, instruction, instructional materials and supplies, computer software
and upgrades, instructional support, administrative and student services,
related school to career training programs, skill or career interest assessment
services and testing and contracted services.
“Vertical infrastructure” means land acquisition
and construction, major renovation and major repair of buildings, all
appurtenant structures, utilities, site development and recreation trails.
Vertical infrastructure does not include equipment; routine, recurring
maintenance or operational expenses; or leasing of a building, appurtenant
structure, or utility without a lease–purchase agreement.
261—20.3(260G) ACE program eligibility and
designation.
20.3(1) In order to receive financial assistance under
the capital projects program, tax credits from withholding under the program job
credits component or financial assistance through the college student aid
commission’s accelerated career education grants program, a program must
be designated by a community college as an eligible ACE program. All programs
must demonstrate increased capacity to enroll additional students. To be
eligible, a program must be either:
a. A credit career, vocational, or technical education program
resulting in the conferring of a certificate, diploma, associate of science
degree, or associate of applied science degree; or
b. A credit–equivalent career, vocational, or technical
education program consisting of not less than 540contact hours of classroom and
laboratory instruction andresulting in the conferring of a certificate or other
recognized, competency–based credential.
20.3(2) By resolution of a community college board of
directors, an eligible program may be approved and designated as an ACE program.
The respective community college board(s) of directors shall ensure compliance
with Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2453. In designating ACE programs, the
respective community college board(s) shall give priority to targeted industries
as designated by the department.
20.3(3) A copy of the designated ACE program shall be
submitted to the department. The department will review the ACE program
designation to ensure compliance with Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439. The department will maintain a
record of all approved ACE programs.
261—20.4(260G) Funding allocation.
20.4(1) Base allocation.
a. Funds for ACE program job credits and capital costs
projects shall be allocated among the community colleges in the state for the
fiscal years and in the amounts specified in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate Files 2439
and 2453, and these rules.
b. Community colleges shall submit program agreements to
access allotted funds. The program agreement shall document the findings of the
community college that all ACE eligibility requirements have been met.
20.4(2) Alternate allotment. If a community college
fails to commit any of its allotment by April 1 of the fiscal year, the funds
for that community college will be allocated to other community colleges based
upon need as described in these rules. Program job credits are considered to be
committed if there is a signed program agreement in place or if there is a
statement of intent in place that states that a signed program agreement will be
in place by May 1 of the fiscal year.
261—20.5(260G) Eligible and ineligible
business.
20.5(1) Eligible business. An eligible business is a
business engaged in interstate or intrastate commerce for the purpose of
manufacturing, processing, or assembling products; construction; conducting
research and development; or providing services in interstate or intrastate
commerce.
20.5(2) Ineligible business. A business engaged in
retail services is ineligible to receive ACE program assistance.
261—20.6(260G) Program agreements.
20.6(1) Program agreements will be developed by an
employer, a community college and any employee of an employer representing a
program job. The development of the agreements may be facilitated by an entity
representing a group of employers. Any community college that has an employer
from its merged area involved in an ACE project must enter into the agreement.
If a bargaining unit is in place with the employer pledging the jobs, a
representative of the bargaining unit shall take part in the development of the
program agreement. All participating parties must sign the program agreement.
The agreement must include employer certification of contributions that are made
toward the program costs.
20.6(2) A program agreement shall include, at a
minimum, the following terms: match provided by the employer; tuition, student
fees, or special charges fixed by the community college board of directors;
guarantee of employer payments; type and amount of funding sources that will be
used to pay for program costs; description of program services and
implementation schedule; the term of the agreement, not to exceed five years;
the employer’s agreement to interview graduates for full–time
positions and provide hiring preference; for employers with more than four
sponsored participants, certification that a job offer will be made to at least
25 percent of those participants that complete the program; an agreement by the
employer to provide a wage level of no less than 200 percent of the federal
poverty guideline for a family of two; a provision that the employer does not
have to fulfill the job offer requirement if the employer experiences an
economic downturn; a provision that the participants will agree to interview
with the employer following completion of the program; and default
procedures.
20.6(3) Projects that cross community college
boundaries, or projects that involve employers from multiple community college
areas, must be conducted pursuant to an agreement or agreements with each
college.
261—20.7(260G) Administration. The department
will administer the statewide allocations and will consult with representatives
of the community colleges to promulgate necessary forms and collect necessary
information. The department will monitor program agreements for the purposes of
preparing a study of the needs and performance of approved programs for
submission to the general assembly by the department by December 31,
2002.
261—20.8(260G) Customer tracking system.
Participants in the ACE program shall be included in the customer tracking
system implemented by Iowa workforce development. In order to achieve this,
social security numbers of all ACE program trainees will be required.
261—20.9(260G) Program costs recalculation.
Program costs shall be calculated or recalculated on an annual basis based on
the required program services for a specific number of participants. Agreement
updates reflecting this recalculation must be submitted to IDED annually to
review compliance with program parameters.
DIVISION II – CAPITAL COSTS
COMPONENT
261—20.10(260G) Threshold requirements. To be
considered for funding, the following threshold requirements shall be
met:
1. The agreement must provide for pledged program positions
paying at least 200 percent of the poverty level for a family of two. If the
wage designated is to become effective after a training or probationary period,
the employer must document that there is a plan in place regarding time frames
for transition to the permanent full–time wage, and the employer must
provide documentation that these time frames are reasonable and that the
employer has previously adhered to the time schedule.
2. The agreement must demonstrate that the program meets the
definition of an eligible ACE program.
3. The agreement must demonstrate that the project builds the
capacity of the community college to train additional students for available
jobs.
4. The agreement must establish a 20 percent employer cash or
in–kind match for program operating funds.
5. The agreement shall describe how the project enhances
geographic diversity of project offerings across the state.
6. The agreement must document that other private or public
sources of funds are maximized prior to ACE program capital cost
funding.
7. ACE program capital cost projects must enhance the
geographic diversity of state investment in Iowa. The IDED board will
continuously review projects to ensure that there is statewide impact. The IDED
board will prioritize projects to ensure geographic diversity.
8. Funds shall be used only for ACE program capital costs for
projects that meet the definition of vertical infra–structure. Building
repair, renovation and construction for purposes of ACE program equipment
installation shall be allowed.
261—20.11(260G) Application
procedures.
20.11(1) Final application. Applicants shall submit a
final agreement to IDED to request capital funds.
20.11(2) Staff review and recommendation. A committee
of IDED staff will review and rate applications based upon the rating criteria
stated in 261—20.12(260G). Based upon this review, a decision will be
made regarding submittal of the application to the IDED board for
action.
20.11(3) IDED board action. The IDED board will
review ACE program capital costs projects meeting the requirements prescribed in
these rules. A program agreement, which is approved by the community college
board of directors, serves as the final application. Approval or denial of
submitted applications that are complete and in final form shall be made no
later than 60 days following receipt of the application by the department.
Subsequent to board approval, an award letter will be sent. The award letter
will be followed by a contract. After a signed contract is in place, funding
for a project may be requested.
261—20.12(260G) Evaluation criteria for competitive
awards—capital costs projects. Applications and accompanying program
agreements meeting all ACE eligibility requirements will be prioritized and
rated using the following point criteria:
1. The degree to which the applicant adequately demonstrates a
lack of existing public or private infrastructure for development of the
partnership. There must be a demonstration that the project will build capacity
in order for the project to be considered. Capacity will be measured in terms
of jobs that are pledged, students that are interested in the program area and
the capacity that is built at the community college to undertake the
programming. Up to 33 points will be awarded.
2. Demonstration that the jobs that would result from the
partnership would include wages, benefits and other attributes that would
improve the quality of employment within the region. Projects where the average
wage for the pledged jobs exceeds the regional or county average wage, whichever
is lower for the location where the training is to be provided, will be awarded
points based upon the percentage that the average wage of the pledged jobs
exceeds the applicable average wage. Up to 33 points will be awarded.
3. Evidence of local, public or private contributionsthat meet
the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2439. Projects will be rated based upon the percentage of
match that is pledged to the ACE program capital cost for the project. Up to 34
points will be awarded.
Applications that do not receive at least 66 out of 100 points
will not be forwarded to the IDED board for review. Projects will be competing
against each other for IDED board approval, and the number of points that a
project receives will be considered in the award process.
DIVISION III – PROGRAM JOB
CREDITS
261—20.13(260G) Threshold requirements—program
job credits. To be eligible to receive program job credits, the following
threshold requirements shall be met:
1. The agreement must provide for pledged program positions
paying at least 200 percent of the poverty level for a family of two. If the
wage designated is to become effective after a training or probationary period,
the employer must document that there is a plan in place regarding time frames
for transition to the permanent full–time wage, and the employer must
provide documentation that these time frames are reasonable and that the
employer has previously adhered to the time schedule.
2. The agreement must provide that the program meets the
definition of an eligible ACE program.
3. The agreement must establish a 20 percent employer cash or
in–kind match for program operating funds.
4. The agreement shall describe how the project enhances
geographic diversity of project offerings across the state.
5. The executed agreement or a statement of intent must be
submitted within the time periods described in these rules in order to establish
a commitment of program job credits by the community college.
261—20.14(260G) Job credits
allocation.
20.14(1) The department shall allot the total amount
of program job credits authorized and available for the fiscal year to each
community college based upon need ratios as follows:
|
Merged Area
|
Need Based Proportionate Allotment Minimum $80,000 to
Each Community College
|
|
I.
|
Northeast Iowa Community College
|
|
4.63%
|
|
II.
|
North Iowa Area Community College
|
|
4.63%
|
|
III.
|
Iowa Lakes Community College
|
|
2.67%
|
|
IV.
|
Northwest Iowa Community College
|
|
2.67%
|
|
V.
|
Iowa Central Community College
|
|
4.64%
|
|
VI.
|
Iowa Valley Community College District
|
|
4.38%
|
|
VII.
|
Hawkeye Community College
|
|
6.62%
|
|
IX.
|
Eastern Iowa Community College District
|
|
8.68%
|
|
X.
|
Kirkwood Community College
|
|
17.00%
|
|
XI.
|
Des Moines Area Community College
|
|
19.00%
|
|
XII.
|
Western Iowa Tech Community College
|
|
5.13%
|
|
XIII.
|
Iowa Western Community College
|
|
6.51%
|
|
XIV.
|
Southwestern Community College
|
|
2.67%
|
|
XV.
|
Indian Hills Community College
|
|
7.13%
|
|
XVI.
|
Southeastern Community College
|
|
3.64%
|
|
|
|
100.00%
|
Agreements for the first $80,000 in job credits will be
reviewed by the department to determine if the project meets eligibility
requirements for the program prior to allocation of the job credit. For any job
credits awarded above the $80,000 base allocation, a review of the quality of
the project will be performed as described in rule 20.16(260G). Job credits
will not be considered allocated until eligibility and quality criteria have
been met.
20.14(2) For purposes of allotment, the foregoing
ratios shall be applied to commitments made by community colleges pursuant to
three cycle periods during the fiscal year, beginning on the following cycle
dates: August 1, December 1, and May 1.
20.14(3) A commitment for a cycle period is
established by filing a copy of an executed agreement or a statement of intent
with the department not later than ten days prior to the next cycle date. Each
community college may commit all or a portion of its proportionate allotment
during each cycle period. Any amount uncommitted as of the cycle date shall be
reported in the statement of intent and will carry over to the next cycle period
and be reallotted by the department to the other community colleges based upon
the same proportionate allotment ratios set out in subrule 20.14(1).
20.14(4) Notwithstanding subrule 20.14(3), it is
recognized that 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, section 5, requires that any
portion of an allocation to a community college uncommitted on April 1 of a
fiscal year may be available for use by other community colleges. As of April
1, each college shall have either an agreement or a statement of intent
indicating that the college will enter into an agreement by May 1 to retain the
college’s current fiscal year allotment. Any job credit allotments that
do not have accompanying agreements as of the May 1 cycle date will be available
for proportional reallotment to other community colleges with signed agreements
that have not received all of the tax credits that are needed under the
agreement.
20.14(5) Beginning with the May 1 cycle, the
department will accept program agreements or statements of intent for the first
cycle of the following fiscal year’s tax credit allotment. For the fiscal
year beginning July 1, 2002, proportionate allocation ratios as described in
subrule 20.14(1) will be reviewed and examined for possible modification based
upon need in the respective merged areas throughout the state. Such review
shall take place immediately following the August 1, 2001, cycle period
allocation of credits.
20.14(6) The department shall calculate and report to
each community college the number of job credits available for distribution each
cycle period during the fiscal year based upon the proportionate allocation
ratios set out in subrule 20.14(1) and subrule 20.14(4). Ratios in subrule
20.14(1) will be updated every two years beginning July 1, 2002.
20.14(7) So long as job credits are available for a
cycle period, if an agreement provides for a two–year student program, the
commitment shall be deemed to include the full amount of credits necessary to
fund the entire two–year program and the duration of the agreement even
though allocations for more than one fiscal year may be required.
20.14(8) Allocation credits, once received, may be
retroactively applied to eligible programs during the fiscal year so long as the
amount to be received does not exceed the proportionate allocation for each
cycle period.
261—20.15(260G) Determination of job credits,
notice, and certification.
20.15(1) Determination of job credit amounts. If a
program provides that part of the program costs are to be met by receipt of
program job credits, the method to be used shall be as follows:
a. Program job credits shall be based upon the program job
positions identified and agreed to in the agreement.
b. Eligibility for program job credits shall be based on
certification of program job positions and program job wages by the employer at
the time established in the agreement.
c. An amount up to 10 percent of the gross program job wages
as certified by the employer in the agreement shall be credited from the total
payment made by an employer pursuant to Iowa Code section 422.16.
d. The employer shall remit the amount of the credit
quarterly, in the same manner as withholding payments are reported to the
department of revenue and finance, to the community college to be allocated to
and, when collected, paid into a special fund of the community college to pay,
in part, the program costs.
e. When the program costs have been paid, the employer credits
shall cease and any moneys received after the program costs have been paid shall
be remitted to the treasurer of state to be deposited in the general fund of the
state.
20.15(2) Notice to revenue and finance department.
The employer shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that the
program job credit is in accordance with the agreement and shall provide other
information the department may require.
20.15(3) Certification of amount of job credits. A
community college shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that
the amount of the program job credits is in accordance with an agreement and
shall provide other information the department may require.
261—20.16(260G) Evaluation criteria for
qualityassurance—program job credits. Agreements submitted for
funding greater than the minimum allocation set forth in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2439, section 5, will be reviewed and rated based on the following
criteria:
1. The quality of the program up to 17 points.
2. The number of program
participant placements up to 17
points.
3. The wages and benefits in
program jobs up to 17
points.
4. The level of employer
contributions up to 17
points.
5. The industrial cluster into which
the program falls up
to 17 points.
6. The geographic location of the
employers up to 15
points.
Agreements that receive at least 65 points out of 100 points
will be approved to receive tax credits above the base allocation. An award
letter will be issued, followed by a contract.
261—20.17(260G) Committed funds. The department
shall maintain an annual record of the proposed program job credits under each
agreement for each cycle of each fiscal year. When the total available program
job credits have been allocated for a fiscal year, the department shall inform
all community colleges that the maximum amount has been allocated and that
further program job credits will not be available for the remainder of the
fiscal year. If any committed credits become uncommitted after the
above–mentioned notice has been issued, the department will inform all
community colleges that some job credits are again available and applications
will be accepted for those job credits until they are again committed.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2453.
[Filed Emergency 8/18/00, effective 8/18/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0124B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development amends Chapter 53,
“Community Economic Betterment Program,” and adopts a new Chapter
65, “Brownfield Redevelopment Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The new chapter implements a new program authorized by 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 2423. The rules describe the purpose of the Brownfield
Redevelopment Program, eligibility requirements, evaluation criteria, and the
application process. The amendment to the CEBA program adds a rating criterion
for remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation are impracticable and contrary to the
public interest because several Iowa communities and private developers have
expressed very strong interest in applying for the competitive funding provided
through the Brownfield Redevelopment Fund for acquiring, remediating, and
redeveloping brownfield sites. These amendments will enable funding to be made
available for eligible applicants and facilitate related site preparation work
for brownfield sites through the fall and early winter weather months.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the amendments be made effective on
August 18, 2000. These amendments confer a benefit on the public by ensuring
that eligible applicants have access to Brownfield Redevelopment Program
resources through the fall and early winter weather months.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0123B to solicit public comment.
The agency is taking the following steps to notify potentially
affected parties of the effective date of the amendments: publishing the final
amendments in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, providing free copies on
request, and having copies available wherever requests for information about the
program are likely to be made.
The IDED Board adopted these amendments on August 17,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
House File 2423.
These amendments became effective August 18, 2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subparagraph
53.8(3)“f”(3) as follows:
(3) Economic impact. Maximum — 40 points. Higher
points to be awarded for base economic activities, e.g.:
Greater percentage of sales out of state, or import
substitution;
Higher proportion of in–state suppliers;
Greater diversification of state economy;
Fewer in–state competitors;
Potential for future growth of industry;
Consistency with the state strategic plan for economic
development prepared in compliance with Iowa Code section 15.104(2);
Increased value to agricultural commodities;
Degree of utilization of agricultural or value–added
technology research from an Iowa educational institution;
A project which is not a retail
operation.;
A project which includes remediation or redevelopment of a
brownfield site.
Maximum preliminary points for project impact — 120
points.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new chapter:
CHAPTER 65
BROWNFIELD REDEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
261—65.1(78GA,HF2423) Purpose. The brownfield
redevelopment program is designed to provide financial and technical assistance
for the acquisition, remediation, or redevelopment of brownfield
sites.
261—65.2(78GA,HF2423) Definitions. When used in
this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:
“Acquisition” means the purchase of brownfield
property.
“Advisory council” means a brownfield
redevelopment advisory council as established in 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2423, section 4, consisting of five members.
“Board” means the Iowa department of economic
development board.
“Brownfield site” means an abandoned, idled, or
underutilized industrial or commercial facility where expansion or redevelopment
is complicated by real or perceived environmental contamination. A brownfield
site includes property contiguous with the property on which the individual or
commercial facility is located. A brownfield site shall not include property
which has been placed, or is proposed to be included, on the national priorities
list established pursuant to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.
“CERCLA” means Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act as defined at 42 U.S.C. 9601 et
seq.
“Characterization” means determination of both the
nature and extent of contamination in the various media of the
environment.
“Community” means a city or county, or an entity
established pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E.
“Contaminant” means any hazardous substance found
in the various media of the environment.
“Department” or “IDED” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“Fund” means the brownfield redevelopment fund
established pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2423, section 3.
“Grant” means the donation or contribution of
funds with no expectation or requirement that the funds be repaid.
“Hazardous substance” means “hazardous
substance” as defined in 567—Chapter 137 and includes petroleum
substances not addressed in 567—Chapter 135.
“Loan” means an award of assistance with the
requirement that the award be repaid, and with term, interest rate, and any
other conditions specified as part of the award. A deferred loan is one for
which the payment of principal or interest, or both, is not required for some
specified period. A forgivable loan is one for which repayment is eliminated in
part or entirely if the borrower satisfies specified conditions. A loan
guarantee is a third–party commitment to repay all or a portion of the
loan in the event that the borrower defaults on the loan.
“Redevelopment” means projects that result in the
elimination of blighting characteristics as defined by Iowa Code section
403.2.
“Remediation” includes characterization, risk
assessment, removal and cleanup of environmental contaminants located on and
adjacent to a brownfield site. Funding awards used for remediation must comply
with appropriate Iowa department of natural resources requirements and
guidelines.
“Risk evaluation” means assessment of risks to
human health and environment by way of guidelines established in
567—Chapter 137, Iowa Administrative Code.
“Sponsorship” means an agreement between a city or
county and an applicant for assistance under the brownfield redevelopment
program in which the city or county agrees to offer assistance or guidance to
the applicant. Sponsorship is not required if the applicant is a city or
county.
261—65.3(78GA,HF2423) Eligible applicants. To
be eligible to apply for program assistance, an applicant must meet the
following eligibility requirements:
65.3(1) Site owner. A person owning a site is an
eligible applicant if the site for which assistance is sought meets the
definition of a brownfield site and the applicant has secured a sponsor prior to
applying for program assistance.
65.3(2) Nonowner of site. A person who is not an
owner of a site is an eligible applicant if the site meets the definition of a
brownfield site and the applicant has secured a sponsor prior to applying for
program assistance.
65.3(3) Agreement executed. Prior to applying for
financial assistance under this program, an applicant shall enter into an
agreement with the owner of the brownfield site for which financial assistance
is sought. The agreement shall at a minimum include:
1. The total cost for remediating the site.
2. Agreement that the owner shall transfer title of the
property to the applicant upon completion of the remediation of the
property.
3. Agreement that upon the subsequent sale of the property by
the applicant to a person other than the original owner, the original owner
shall receive not more than 75 percent of the estimated total cost of the
remediation, acquisition or redevelopment.
261—65.4(78GA,HF2423) Eligible forms of assistance
and limitations.
65.4(1) Financial assistance. Eligible forms of
financial assistance under this program include grants, interest–bearing
loans, forgivable loans, loan guarantees, and other forms of assistance under
the brownfield redevelopment program established in 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2423.
65.4(2) Technical assistance. Technical assistance
under this program is available in the form of providing an applicant with
assistance in identifying alternative forms of assistance for which the
applicant may be eligible.
65.4(3) Limitation on amount. An applicant shall not
receive financial assistance of more than 25 percent of the agreed–upon
estimated total cost of remediation.
65.4(4) Exclusions. Program funds shall not be
usedfor the remediation of contaminants being addressed under Iowa’s
leaking underground storage tank (LUST) program. However, a site’s being
addressed under the LUST program does not necessarily exclude that site from
being addressed under the Iowa brownfield redevelopment Act if other
nonpetroleum contaminants or petroleum substances not addressed under
567—Chapter 135 are present.
261—65.5(78GA,HF2423) Repayment to IDED. Upon
the subsequent sale of the property by an applicant to a person other than the
original owner, the applicant shall repay the department for financial
assistance received by the applicant. The repayment shall be in an amount equal
to the sales price less the amount paid to the original owner pursuant to the
agreement between the applicant and the original owner. The repayment amount
shall not exceed the amount of financial assistance received by the
applicant.
261—65.6(78GA,HF2423) Application and award
procedures. Subject to availability of funds, applications will be reviewed
and rated by IDED staff on an ongoing basis and reviewed quarterly by the
advisory council. Brownfield redevelopment funds will be awarded on a
competitive basis. Applications will be reviewed by staff for completeness and
eligibility. If additional information is required, the applicant shall be
provided with notice, in writing, to submit additional information.
Recommendations from the advisory council will be submitted to the board. The
board may approve, deny or defer an application.
261—65.7(78GA,HF2423) Application contents. An
application for assistance shall include, but not be limited to, the following
information:
1. A business plan which includes a remediation plan. The
business plan should, at a minimum, include a project contact/applying agency, a
project overview (which would include the background of the project area, goals
and objectives of the project, and implementation strategy), and
aproject/remediation budget.
2. A statement of purpose describing the intended use of and
proposed repayment schedule for any financial assistance received by the
applicant.
3. Evidence of sponsorship.
261—65.8(78GA,HF2423) Application forms.
Application forms for the brownfield redevelopment program shall be available
upon request from IDED, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
IDED may provide technical assistance as necessary to applicants. IDED
staff may conduct on–site evaluations of proposed activities.
261—65.9(78GA,HF2423) Application review
criteria. Brownfield redevelopment funds will be awarded on a competitive
basis. Applications will be reviewed and prioritized based on the following
criteria:
1. Whether the project meets the definition of a brownfield
site.
2. Whether alternative forms of assistance have been explored
and used by the applicant.
3. The level of distress or extent of the problem on the site
has been identified.
4. Whether the site is on or proposed to be added to the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency’s list of CERCLA
sites.
5. The degree to which awards secured from other sources are
committed to the subject site.
6. The leveraging of other public and private resources beyond
the 75 percent minimum required.
7. Type and terms of assistance requested.
8. Rationale that the project serves a public
purpose.
9. The level of economic and physical distress within the
project area.
10. Past efforts of the community/owner to resolve the
problem.
11. Ability of the applicant to outline the goals and
objectives of the project and describe the overall strategy for achieving the
goals and objectives.
12. Ancillary off–site development as a result of site
remediation.
261—65.10(78GA,HF2423) Administration of
awards.
65.10(1) A contract shall be executed between the
recipient and IDED. These rules and applicable state laws and regulations shall
be part of the contract.
65.10(2) The recipient must execute and return the
contract to IDED within 45 days of transmittal of the final contract from IDED.
Failure to do so may be cause for the board to terminate the award.
65.10(3) Certain activities may require that permits
or clearances be obtained from other state or local agencies before the activity
may proceed. Awards may be conditioned upon the timely completion of these
requirements.
65.10(4) Awards may be conditioned upon commitment of
other sources of funds necessary to complete the activity.
65.10(5) Awards may be conditioned upon IDED’s
receipt and approval of an implementation plan for the funded
activity.
[Filed Emergency 8/18/00, effective 8/18/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0103B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 91, “Waterfowl and
Coot Hunting Seasons,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules give the regulations for hunting waterfowl and
coot and include season dates, bag limits, possession limits, shooting hours,
and areas open to hunting. These amendments update season dates and hunting
zones for the 2000 hunting season.
State hunting seasons on migratory birds must be set within
frameworks established annually by the Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S.
Department of the Interior. These frameworks specify shooting hours, bag limits
and possession limits, as well as season lengths and outside dates. These
frameworks were finalized by the Service in early August. Therefore, adoption
of these amendments by the Department could not take place prior to this
time.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the March 8, 2000,
Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9719A. The only changes from the
Notice of Intended Action are as follows:
1. The early September Canada geese season in a portion of the
north waterfowl zone which was open in 1999 was reinstated for 2000.
2. The youth waterfowl season was changed from one day to two
consecutive days due to changes in federal regulations.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that these amendments confer a benefit on a segment
of the public by becoming effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules
Coordinator on August 18, 2000, and that the usual effective date of these
amendments would unnecessarily restrict the public by delaying the opening of
the waterfowl and coot hunting seasons.
These amendments became effective August 18, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39 and 481A.48.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 571—91.1(481A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
571—91.1(481A) Ducks (split seasons). Open
season for hunting ducks shall be September 18 23 to
September 22, 1999 27, 2000; October 16
14 to December 9, 1999 7, 2000, in that portion
of the state lying north of a line beginning on the Nebraska–Iowa border
at State Highway 175, southeast to State Highway 37, east to U.S. Highway 59,
south to I–80 and along I–80 east to the Iowa–Illinois border;
and September 18 23 to September 22,
1999 27, 2000; October 16 14 to December
9, 1999 7, 2000, in that portion of the state lying
south of a line beginning on the Nebraska–Iowa border at State Highway
175, southeast to State Highway 37, east to U.S. Highway 59, south to I–80
and along I–80 east to the Iowa–Illinois border. Shooting hours are
one–half hour before sunrise to sunset each day.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 571—91.3(481A)
as follows:
571—91.3(481A) Geese. The north goose hunting
zone is that part of Iowa north of a line beginning on the Nebraska–Iowa
border at State Highway 175, east to State Highway 37, southeast to U.S. Highway
59, south to I–80 and along I–80 to the Iowa–Illinois border.
The south goose hunting zone is the remainder of the state. The open season for
hunting Canada geese only is September 11 9 and
12 10, 1999 2000, west of State
Highway 63 in the north goose hunting zone only, except on the Big Marsh
Wildlife Area where the season will remain closed. The open season for hunting
Canada geese, white–fronted geese and brant, collectively referred to
as dark geese, is October 2 September 30 to December
10, 1999 8, 2000, in the north goose hunting zone and
October 2 September 30 to October 10
15 and October 16 November 4 to December
15, 1999 27, 2000, in the south goose hunting zone. The
open season for hunting snow white– and
blue–phase snow geese and Ross’ geese, collectively referred
to as light geese, is October 2 September 30, 2000,
to December 27, 1999 January 14, 2001,
statewide, and will reopen statewide from February 19 to March 10,
2000. Light geese may also be taken under the conservation order
from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service from February 15, 2001, through April
15, 2001. Shooting hours are one–half hour before sunrise to
sunset, except that during the conservation order shooting hours will be
extended to one–half hour after sunset each day.
91.3(1) Bag limit. Daily bag limit is 2 Canada geese,
2 white–fronted geese, 2 brant and 20 snow light
geese.
91.3(2) Possession limit. Possession limit is twice
the daily bag limit and no possession limit on snow
light geese.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 91.4(2),
paragraphs “m” and “o,” as
follows:
m. Area thirteen. Portions of Van Buren and Davis Counties
bounded as follows: Beginning at the junction of Iowa Highway 16 and Iowa
Highway 98 in Van Buren County; thence east and south along Highway 16
(including the right–of–way) to County Road
W40 Iowa Highway 1 in Van Buren County; thence south and
west along Iowa Highway 1 (including the right–of–way)
to County Road W40 J40; thence east along County Road
J40 (including the right–of–way) to Iowa Highway 2 in Van Buren
County; thence south and east along Highway 2 (including the
right–of–way) to Iowa Highway 81 in Van Buren County; thence
south and west along Highway 81 (including the right–of–way)
to the Iowa–Missouri border; thence west along the Iowa–Missouri
border to Iowa Highway 15 in Van Buren County; thence north along Highway 15
(including the right–of–way) to County Road
J56 Iowa Highway 2 in Van Buren County; thence west along
County Road J56 Iowa Highway 2 (including the
right–of–way) to County Road V42 in Davis County; thence north
along County Road V42 (including the right–of–way) to County
Road J40 in Davis County; thence east and south along County Road J40
(including the right–of–way) to County Road V64 in Van Buren
County; thence north along County Road V64 (including the
right–of–way) to Iowa Highway 98 in Van Buren County; thence
north along Highway 98 (including the right–of–way) to the
point of beginning.
o. Area fifteen. Portions of Butler County bounded as
follows: Beginning at the junction of Iowa Highway 3 and County Road
T16, thence south 8 miles on County Road T16 (including the
right–of–way) to its intersection with County Road C55, thence
east 9 miles on County Road C55 (including the right–of–way)
to its intersection with Iowa Highway 14, thence north 8 miles on
Iowa Highway 14 (including the right–of–way) to its
intersection with Iowa Highway 3, thence west 9 miles on Iowa
Highway 3 (including the right–of–way) to the point of
beginning; but, excluding those lands within this bounded area east of Jay
Avenue managed by the department of natural resources as Big Marsh Management
Area that are not posted as closed to Canada goose hunting.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 91.5(1),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Eight consecutively numbered tags will be issued with each
permit. Geese will be tagged around the leg immediately upon being reduced to
possession and will remain tagged until delivered to the person’s abode.
Within one week of the close of hunting within the closed area during at
least the first three years the hunt is permitted, unused tags must be
turned in at the wildlife unit headquarters within the closed area or the
permittee must report the number of geese killed. Failure to turn in unused
tags or report the number of geese killed within the specified time period may
result in the permittee’s forfeiting the opportunity to hunt within the
closed area the following year.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 571—91.6(481A)
as follows:
571—91.6(481A) Youth waterfowl hunt. A special
youth waterfowl hunt will be held statewide on October 9, 1999
7 and 8, 2000. Youth hunters must be 15 years old or younger. Each
youth hunter must be accompanied by an adult 18 years old or older. The youth
hunter does not need to have a hunting license or stamps. The adult must have a
valid hunting license and habitat stamp if normally required to have them to
hunt and a state waterfowl stamp. Only the youth hunter may shoot ducks, coots
and Canada geese. The adult may hunt for any other game birds for which the
season is open. The daily bag limits are the same as for the regular waterfowl
season, as defined in subrule 91.1(1), except the season for
snow light geese will not be open. The possession limit
is the same as the daily bag limit. All other hunting regulations in effect for
the regular waterfowl season apply to the youth hunt.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 8/18/00, effective
8/18/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
FILED
ARC 0111B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11) and
163.1, the Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship adopts amendments to
Chapter 64, “Infectious and Contagious Diseases,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These rules implement a voluntary chronic wasting disease
(CWD) surveillance program for Cervidae. The surveillance program is being
adopted at the request of the Iowa Elk Breeders Association. Chronic wasting
disease (CWD) is a form of transmissable spongiform encephalopathy that is fatal
to Cervidae. Numerous states have developed voluntary and mandatory
surveillance programs, and many states have import restrictions for Cervidae
originating in states without a surveillance program. Cervidae, as defined in
these rules, means elk, red deer, fallow deer, sika deer, and related species
and hybrids of these species.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on July 12, 2000, as ARC 9980A. The only public
comment received was in support of the rules. These rules are identical to
those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These rules become effective October 11, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
163.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [64.104 to 64.120] is being omitted. These rules are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 9980A, IAB 7/12/00.
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published
9/6/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
9/6/00.]
ARC 0109B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11) and
163.1, the Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship adopts amendments to
Chapter 66, “Livestock Movement,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments are intended to clarify the permitting
requirements for a person engaged in the business of buying, selling, or
assembling livestock for resale. These individuals are currently permitted as
livestock dealers or livestock dealer’s agents. These amendments require
that the licensee must maintain a bond and clarify other requirements in the
permitting process. The amendments also add domestically raised deer, elk, and
moose to the definition of livestock.
The amendments do not contain any waiver provisions because
the Department does not believe that waiver is appropriate for these
requirements. However, the proposed bonding requirement is waived, if the
licensee can show proof of a comparable bond provided to the United States
Packers and Stockyards Administration.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 28, 2000, as ARC 9941A. No public
comment was received. The adopted amendments are substantially similar to those
published under Notice. The only change, in subrule 66.1(2), paragraphs
“a” and “b,” clarifies that a person who operates solely
as a packer agent or a feeder pig dealer is not required to be licensed as a
livestock dealer.
These amendments will become effective on October 11,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
163.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 21—Chapter 66
by rescinding the introductory note.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 21—66.l(163)
and adopt in lieu thereof the following new rule:
21—66.1(163) Definitions and permits.
66.1(1) Definition. As used in this chapter, the
following term is defined to have the following meaning:
“Livestock” means cattle, horses, sheep, goats,
swine (other than feeder swine), or any other animals of the bovine, equine,
ovine, caprine or porcine species. “Livestock” also includes all
species of deer, elk, and moose raised under confinement or agricultural
conditions for the production of meat, the production of other agricultural
products, sport, or exhibition.
66.1(2) Livestock dealer permit required. Any person
engaged in the business of buying, selling or assembling livestock by
consignment for the purpose of resale, either interstate or intrastate, shall
first obtain a permit from the department to conduct business. However, a
person is not required to be licensed as a livestock dealer if either of the
following applies:
a. The person is licensed as an agent for a packer operating
under Iowa Code chapter 172A, the person only buys for the packer, and the
livestock move directly to slaughter; or
b. The person is licensed as a feeder pig dealer under Iowa
Code section 163.30 and does not sell livestock other than feeder
pigs.
A separate permit must be obtained for each separate location
even though operated under the same management or person.
66.1(3) Livestock dealer’s agent permit
required. An individual working for a person holding a permit required by
subrule 66.1(2) shall obtain, in lieu of a livestock dealer permit, a permit as
a livestock dealer’s agent. A person shall not act as an agent for more
than one dealer at the same time. A person shall not act as an agent for a
dealer and also hold a livestock dealer permit in the person’s own
name.
66.1(4) Permitting period. A livestock dealer permit
and a livestock dealer’s agent permit shall be issued for a time period
commencing on July 1 and ending June 30 of the following year.
66.1(5) Fee for permit. The following nonrefundable
fee shall accompany each application for a permit or the renewal of a
permit.
1. Livestock dealer permit—$50
2. Livestock dealer’s agent permit—$10
66.1(6) Bonding requirement. An applicant for a
livestock dealer permit shall submit a bond to the department with the secretary
of agriculture named as trustee. The bond shall be payable for the use and
benefit of any person damaged as a result of a violation of this chapter. The
amount of the bond shall be calculated in the same manner and contain the same
condition clauses as required by the United States Packers and Stockyards
Administration as adopted in Sections 201.30 and 201.31 of Title 9, Chapter II,
of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of May 1, 2000. However, a
person applying for a permit is exempt from providing a bond if the person can
show that the person has a valid bond on file and maintained with the United
States Packers and Stockyards Administration in an amount equivalent to or
greater than that required by federal regulations.
66.1(7) Information required. An applicant for a
livestock dealer permit or a livestock dealer’s agent permit or a renewal
of a permit shall provide the department with information required on the permit
application including, but not limited to, the name, address, and telephone
number of the applicant; a listing of any state, country, or province in which
the applicant is licensed or permitted to engage in a similar business; and any
past or pending legal or administrative action or investigation conducted or
ongoing regarding that license or permit.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
163.1.
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0112B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
904.108(1)“k,” the Department of Corrections hereby rescinds Chapter
28, “Correctional Release Center,” and adopts new Chapter 28,
“Newton Correctional Facility,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules provide for the days and hours of visits, tours
and offender trips at the Newton Correctional Facility.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9879A on June 14, 2000.
A public hearing was held on July 5, 2000. No one attended
the hearing, and no written or oral comments were received.
One change from the Notice has been made. A subrule has been
added to rule 201—28.1(904) to clarify that visitation is additionally
governed by provisions in Department policy IN–V–122 and rule
201—20.3(904).
The Department of Corrections Board adopted these rules on
August 4, 2000.
These rules will become effective on October 11,
2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 201—Chapter 28 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 28
NEWTON CORRECTIONAL FACILITY
201—28.1(904) Visiting: medium
security.
28.1(1) Visitation within the Newton correctional
facility is additionally governed by the provisions of department of corrections
policy IN–V–122 and rule 201—20.3(904).
28.1(2) Visiting hours. Visiting hours are from 10
a.m. to 8 p.m. on Sunday, Monday, Thursday, Friday, and Saturday.
a. All visitors must show proof of identification and must
submit to a personal search.
b. In the event that the maximum visiting capacity has been
reached, visits will be shortened to accommodate new arrivals.
28.1(3) General population. Each visitor will be
allowed two 3–hour visits per week if the offender is in Level 4 or three
3–hour visits per week if the offender is in Level 5. Offenders are
permitted a maximum of five visitors at any given time without advance, written
permission of the security director.
28.1(4) Close custody. Offenders in close custody,
Levels 1 and 2, may receive one 1–hour, noncontact visit per week.
Offenders in close custody, Level 3, may receive one 2–hour, contact visit
per week.
28.1(5) Disciplinary detention. Offenders in
disciplinary detention will be allowed one 1–hour, noncontact visit per
week, by immediate family only. Children under the age of 18 shall not be
permitted to visit any offender in this status.
28.1(6) County/federal detainees. County or federal
detainees will be permitted one 30–minute, noncontact visit per week, by
immediate family only.
201—28.2(904) Visiting: minimum security
(correctional release center).
28.2(1) Visiting hours are from 8:15 a.m. to 4:30
p.m.on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays and from 5:45 p.m.to 9:45 p.m., Monday
through Friday. Visiting hours are scheduled to avoid conflicts with offender
work programs/assignments.
28.2(2) An approved visitor may visit three times per
week for a maximum of three hours per visit.
a. Offenders are permitted to have a maximum of five visitors
at any given time without advance written permission from the security
director.
b. Offenders on dormitory confinement are permitted one
2–hour visit per week during normal visiting hours by immediate family
only.
c. Visiting hours for offenders in administrative/disciplinary
segregation are from 10 a.m. to 3 p.m., Monday through Friday. Visits shall be
scheduled in advance by the visitor. Visitors shall be immediate family only,
and visits shall be limited to one hour and shall be noncontact.
28.2(3) Upon arrival, all visitors shall report to the
control center. All visitors must be prepared to show proof of identification.
In the event that maximum visiting capacity has been exceeded, visits will be
shortened to two hours to accommodate new arrivals.
28.2(4) Outdoor visits are permitted April 15 through
October 15, weather permitting.
28.2(5) Visits for offenders in the violator program
will be permitted only in conjunction with scheduled support group treatment
activities after the fourth week of treatment program participation. These
visits must be scheduled with the unit director.
28.2(6) Visitors will have access only to designated
visiting areas of the institution.
28.2(7) Visits between an attorney and offender shall
be permitted during normal business hours or visiting hours. Such visits during
nonbusiness hours shall be by appointment as authorized by the warden or
designee.
28.2(8) Visitors must report to the control center at
the end of the visit prior to leaving the institution.
201—28.3(904) Tours.
28.3(1) Tours of institutional facilities are
available primarily for adult groups. In special cases, tours may be granted
for persons under the age of 18 at the discretion of the warden or designee.
Tours must be approved by the warden or designee.
28.3(2) Prior approval from the warden or designee
shall be required for relatives or close friends of offenders to tour the
institution.
201—28.4(904) Trips of offenders. An outside
group wishing to schedule a presentation by a panel of offenders from the
correctional release center shall send a written request to the
institution’s treatment director. Trips are limited to a 100–mile
radius. Permission may be granted for longer trips at the discretion of the
warden.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0113B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
904.108(1)“k,” the Department of Corrections adopts Chapter 29,
“Fort Dodge Correctional Facility,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules provide for the days and hours of visits and tours
at the Fort Dodge Correctional Facility.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9880A on June 14, 2000.
A public hearing was held on July 5, 2000. No one attended
the hearing. One written comment was received, which requested that the subrule
pertaining to visitor searches be deleted. Because language dealing with the
use of an electronic detection device to search visitors is covered in the
broader visiting rule 201—20.3(904), this change has been incorporated.
No other changes were made to the Notice of Intended Action.
The Department of Corrections Board adopted these rules on
August 4, 2000.
These rules will become effective on October 11,
2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 29
FORT DODGE CORRECTIONAL FACILITY
201—29.1(904) Visiting.
29.1(1) Visitation within the Fort Dodge correctional
facility is additionally governed by the provisions of department of corrections
policy IN–V–122 and rule 201— 20.3(904).
29.1(2) Contact and noncontact visiting areas are
available.
29.1(3) Visiting hours are from 1 p.m. to 8 p.m. on
Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday and Monday as well as New Year’s Day,
July 4 and Christmas Day.
29.1(4) Visits are limited to a maximum of three hours
on weekdays and two hours on weekends.
29.1(5) All visitors shall present proper
identification upon entrance to the institution. Photo identification is
required for all visitors 16 years of age and older.
29.1(6) Each approved visitor will be allowed eight
visits per month. Offenders will be permitted a maximum of five visitors at one
time.
29.1(7) Attorneys, law enforcement officials and
clergy are not required to be placed on an offender’s visiting list.
However, these visitors are encouraged to make prior arrangements for visitation
and shall present proof of identity and appropriate credentials before entrance
to the institution. The offender must express a desire to visit with clergy or
an attorney before either is admitted to the facility for a visit.
29.1(8) County/federal detainees. Detainees will be
allowed visitation with immediate family, approved clergy, and legal
representatives. In limited circumstances, the names of additional visitors may
be submitted by the assigned counselor and approved by the unit manager.
Visiting hours for detainees are from 1 p.m. to 8 p.m. on Sunday, Monday,
Thursday, Friday, and Saturday. Subject to availability of space, detainees are
allowed up to three 1–hour noncontact visits per week. Generally, these
visits shall be conducted in the noncontact visitation area of the
institution’s visiting room. Attorney or legal representative visits may
be contact visits and shall take place in the attorney visit area of the
visiting room.
201—29.2(904) Visiting: Unit A.
29.2(1) Offenders housed in Unit A shall visit in the
noncontact visiting areas of Unit A. Visitors shall check in at reception and
then be escorted to the Unit A visiting area by staff.
29.2(2) Visiting is restricted to two adult immediate
family members or two clergy members at a time.
29.2(3) Offenders are allowed one visit per week.
This visit is limited to one hour.
201—29.3(904) Visiting: administration segregation
of disciplinary detention offenders housed outside of Unit A.
29.3(1) The noncontact visiting area in the visiting
room shall be used.
29.3(2) A maximum of two persons, and one small child
per adult who can sit on an adult’s lap, will be allowed.
29.3(3) Visitors shall be escorted to one of the
noncontact visiting rooms located adjacent to the visiting room.
201—29.4(904) Tours. Tours of the institution
are limited to persons 18 years of age and older having a genuine interest in
corrections and for whom the tour might prove beneficial or enlightening. These
persons may include prospective employees, college or university student groups,
legislators and their staff, employees of other governmental agencies, and civic
organizations. Other individuals or groups may be permitted to tour the
institution upon the specific approval of the office of the warden.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0125B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed Without Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby amends Chapters 62 to
104, Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments renumber several chapters, reserve
chapter numbers for future rule making and add a new Part VIII for the Vision
Iowa Board.
Pursuant to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the
Department finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary because
these amendments are merely administrative and do not affect the substance of
the existing chapters. These amendments are necessary to allow space in the
appropriate parts for the addition of new chapters.
The Department of Economic Development Board adopted these
amendments on August 17, 2000.
These amendments will become effective October 11,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.3.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend the Part II caption as
follows:
PART II
WORKFORCE
DEVELOPMENT COORDINATION
ITEM 2. Reserve Chapters 62
to 64 and 66 to 100 in Part IV and renumber existing
Chapters 62 to 104 as follows:
PART V
DIVISION OF
TOURISM
CHAPTER 62 101
DIVISION
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 63 102
WELCOME CENTER
PROGRAM
CHAPTER 64 103
TOURISM
PROMOTION—LICENSING PROGRAM
CHAPTER 65 211
RECREATION,
ENVIRONMENT, ART AND CULTURAL HERITAGE INITIATIVE (REACH)— COMMUNITY
ATTRACTION AND TOURISM DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
CHAPTER 66 104
Reserved
CHAPTERS 105 to 130
Reserved
PART VI
INTERNATIONAL
DIVISION
CHAPTER 67 131
DIVISION
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 68 132
IOWA EXPORT TRADE
ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
CHAPTERS 69 and 70 133 to
162
Reserved
PART VII
DIVISION OF
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 71 163
DIVISION
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 72 164
USE OF MARKETING
LOGO
CHAPTERS 73 and
74
Reserved
CHAPTER 75 8
WORKFORCE
DEVELOPMENT FUND
CHAPTERS 76 to 79 165 to
167
Reserved
CHAPTER 80 168
ADDITIONAL PROGRAM
REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTERS 81 to
99
Reserved
CHAPTER 100 169
PUBLIC RECORDS
AND
FAIR INFORMATION PRACTICES
CHAPTER 101 170
DEPARTMENT
PROCEDURE FOR RULE MAKING
CHAPTER 102 171
PETITION FOR
RULE MAKING
CHAPTER 103 172
PETITION FOR
DECLARATORY ORDER
CHAPTER 104 173
UNIFORM WAIVER
AND VARIANCE RULES
CHAPTERS 174 to 199
Reserved
PART
VIII
VISION IOWA BOARD
CHAPTERS 200 to 210
Reserved
CHAPTER 65 211
RECREATION,
ENVIRONMENT, ART AND CULTURAL HERITAGE INITIATIVE (REACH)— COMMUNITY
ATTRACTION AND TOURISM DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
CHAPTER 212*
VISION IOWA
PROGRAM
Reserved
CHAPTER 213*
VISION IOWA BOARD: UNIFORM
WAIVER
AND VARIANCE RULES
Reserved
[Filed Without Notice 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
________
*See Notice ARC 0118B, page 407
herein.
ARC 0087B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 75, “Conditions of
Eligibility,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed the
Department to increase the medical assistance eligibility income limit for
pregnant women and infants under the Mothers and Children Program to 200 percent
of the federal poverty level effective July 1, 2000. Federal law does not allow
an increase in the current eligibility income limit of 185 percent of the
federal poverty level, but does allow additional deductions.
This amendment allows pregnant women and infants Medicaid
eligibility up to 200 percent of the federal poverty level by providing a
deduction equal to 15 percent of the federal poverty level for the family
size.
This amendment does not provide for waiver in specified
situations because it confers a benefit by allowing the Department of Human
Services to provide for coverage of medical services for more pregnant women and
infants under the Mothers and Children Program.
This amendment was previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9902A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9867A.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment August 9,
2000.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2435, section 8, subsection 12, and Iowa Code section
249A.3(1)“k” as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section
41.
This amendment shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment is hereby
rescinded.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 75.1(28), paragraph
“a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Family income shall not exceed 185 percent of the federal
poverty level for pregnant women when establishing initial eligibility under
these provisions and for infants (under one year of age) when establishing
initial and ongoing eligibility. Family income shall not exceed 133 percent of
the federal poverty level for children who have attained one year of age but who
have not attained 19 years of age. Income to be considered in determining
eligibility for pregnant women, infants, and children shall be determined
according to family medical assistance program (FMAP) methodologies except that
the three–step process for determining initial eligibility and the
two–step process for determining ongoing eligibility, as described at rule
441—75.57(249A), shall not apply. Family income is the income remaining
after disregards and deductions have been applied in accordance with the
provisions of rule 441—75.57(249A).
In determining eligibility for pregnant women and infants,
after the aforementioned disregards and deductions have been applied, an
additional disregard equal to 15 percent of the applicable federal poverty level
shall be applied to the family’s income.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0088B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 2555, section 1, subsection 1, and section 11; Senate File
2193, section 21; and Senate File 2435, section 8, subsection 16, section 31,
subsection 15, and section 44, the Department of Human Services hereby amends
Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial
Services,” Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of
Medical and Remedial Care,” and Chapter 81, “Nursing
Facilities,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments implement the following changes to the
Medicaid program as mandated by the General Assembly:
• Policy is revised to allow
for Medicaid reimbursement for family and pediatric nurse practitioners whoare
employed by a hospital and are providing services in a hospital–owned
facility or in another location that is not on or part of the hospital’s
licensed premises.
Currently, hospitals employing family and pediatric nurse
practitioners are not reimbursed for services provided by these practitioners,
when the practitioners are providing services in a satellite location (i.e., not
on the licensed premises of the hospital). This amendment would allow hospitals
employing family and pediatric nurse practitioners to receive reimbursement for
the practitioners’ services where these practitioners are providing
services in a setting in which the hospital cannot receive reimbursement for
“outpatient hospital services” (e.g., a satellite clinic) and where
these practitioners are not able to bill for their services
“incident–to” their supervising physician (i.e., because they
are not employed by that physician and because “incident–to”
billing is a function of an employment relationship between a physician and
auxiliary practitioner, such as a nurse practitioner, not an employment
relationship between a hospital and an auxiliary practitioner).
• The rule governing the
telemedicine pilot program is removed. The Seventy–seventh General
Assembly directed the Department to implement a three–year telemedicine
pilot project effective July 1, 1997. Under this pilot, payment was made to
physicians participating in a federally funded telemedicine waiver program for
consultations done using the electronic transfer of medical information by
interactive audiovisuals and to hospitals participating in a federally funded
telemedicine waiver program for costs associated with the provision of the
teleconsultive medical services.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed the
Department to discontinue the telemedicine pilot program on July 1,
2000.
• All of the reimbursement
rates for the following noninstitutional providers are increased by 7/10 of 1
percent (hereinafter referred to as “0.7 percent” or
“0.7%”): ambulances; area education agencies; birth centers;
certified registered nurse anesthetists; community mental health centers;
durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and medical supply dealers; family
planning clinics; hearing aid dealers; lead inspection agencies; maternal health
centers; opticians; orthopedic shoe dealers; rehabilitation agencies; and
screening centers.
• The reimbursement rate for
the following noninstitutional providers, excluding anesthesia and dental
services, is increased to the rate in effect on January 1, 2000, under the fee
schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program, which
incorporates the resource–based relative value scale (hereinafter referred
to as “RBRVS methodology”): audiologists, chiropractors, clinics,
family and pediatric nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, optometrists, physical
therapists, physicians, podiatrists, and psychologists.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed the
Department to adopt the RBRVS methodology based on a report prepared by the
Department in consultation with the Iowa Medical Society, the Iowa Osteopathic
Medical Association, and the Iowa Academy of Family Physicians.
At the current time, Medicaid fees for the above providers are
the result of an outdated payment methodology and inconsistent provider
increases. This is the result of the current Medicaid fee schedule being an
outgrowth of the “usual, customary and reasonable” payment approach
that is currently being used by fewer and fewer payors. Medicare’s RBRVS
payment methodology is being increasingly used by commercial and private payors
as well as other states’ Medicaid programs.
The cornerstone of the RBRVS plan was to base physician
reimbursement on the amount of work it takes physicians to diagnose and treat
patients, instead of paying based on physicians’ charge histories, which
vary widely. By tying payments to work adjusted by costs of practicing medicine
in different parts of the country, the assumption was that Medicare would more
equitably reimburse physicians across specialties and geographic areas. The
RBRVS payment methodology reapportions payments to providers in such a way as to
increase payments for primary and preventive care services, at the expense of
specialty and procedure–related services.
The Iowa–specific, RBRVS–based Medicare fee
schedule is released to the public in mid–November of each year and
implemented by Medicare on January 1. These changes adopt the January 1, 2000,
Medicare rates.
• The reimbursement rate for
dentists is increased to 75 percent of the “usual and customary
rate.”
• The dispensing fee for
pharmacists is increased by 0.7 percent.
• The reimbursement rate for
community mental health centers is increased by 16.63 percent and the 0.7
percent increase provided above for noninstitutional providers, for a total of
17.33 percent.
• Home health agency
providers shall be paid the maximum Medicare rate.
• The reimbursement rate for
psychiatric medical institutions for children is increased to rates based on
actual costs on June 30, 2000, not to exceed a maximum of $147.20 per
day.
• The reimbursement rate for
hospitals is increased by 3 percent.
• The maximum reimbursement
rate for nursing facilities is increased by changing the maximum from the
seventieth percentile of facility costs based on 1999 cost reports to the same
percentile based on June 30, 2000, cost reports. The maximum Medicaid nursing
facility rate increased from $85.93 to $88.50 effective July 1, 2000.
• Nursing facilities are
required to include expenses attributable to the home or principal office or
headquarters in their cost reports. They are also required to conduct prior to
admission a resident assessment of all persons seeking nursing facility
placement. The assessment information shall be similar to the data in the
minimum data set (MDS) resident assessment tool.
• A case–mix
add–on factor is added for nursing facilities providing intermediate and
skilled care. Participating nursing facilities with higher than average patient
care service expenses and higher than average aggregate care needs of residents
will receive an add–on of $5.20 per day to their reimbursement rate.
Participating nursing facilities with lower than average patient care service
expenses and higher than average aggregate care needs of residents will receive
an add–on of $2.60 per day to their reimbursement rate. Freestanding
nursing facilities providing skilled care that exceeds the Iowa case–mix
nursing facility average will receive an add–on of $5.20 per day to their
reimbursement rate.
The current reimbursement system for Iowa nursing facilities
provides a facility rate and maximum rate based only on costs. Many states,
with federal encouragement, have adopted reimbursement systems which factor in
the care needs of residents, providing a higher rate of reimbursement to
facilities that care for residents with greater care needs. The Department,
with the support of the Iowa nursing home industry, plans to begin moving the
Iowa reimbursement system in this direction.
It is believed this change will encourage facilities to accept
and retain more difficult–to–care–for residents. A consultant
has been hired on contract to make recommendations for further changes in the
reimbursement system. Additional changes to the reimbursement system will
likely be sought for the next fiscal year.
These amendments combine two Notices of Intended Action.
Items 1 and 3 through 6, with the exception of the changes implementing the
RBRVS methodology in Item 3, were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9905A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9882A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on Item 2 eliminating
the rule on the telemedicine pilot program was published in the June 28, 2000,
Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9899A.
No revisions were made to the amendment noticed as ARC
9899A. The following revisions were made to the amendments noticed as
ARC 9882A:
Subrule 79.1(2), physician reimbursement provider category,
was revised in response to public comment to exclude providers of anesthesia
services from the RBRVS methodology. Anesthesia services will be reimbursed at
the Iowa Medicaid fee schedule rate in effect June 30, 2000, plus 0.7
percent.
Subrule 81.6(16), paragraph “f,” subparagraph (1),
was revised to specify that the Department, and not the United States Health
Care Financing Administration, calculates the case–mix index for each
facility and the statewide average case–mix index.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments August
9, 2000.
The amendments noticed as ARC 9882A do not provide for
waiver in specified situations because they confer a benefit on providers by
allowing additional Medicaid reimbursement for family and pediatric nurse
practitioners and increasing reimbursement to affected providers. The General
Assembly directed the Department to implement these changes, with no provisions
for exceptions. All providers of the same category should be reimbursed on the
same basis.
The amendment noticed as ARC 9899A does not provide for
waiver in specified situations because the General Assembly directed the
Department to implement this change, with no provisions for
exceptions.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2555, section 1, subsection 1, paragraphs
“a,” “b,” “e,” “f,” and
“j,” and section 7; Senate File 2193, sections 12 and 20, subsection
3; and Senate File 2435, section 8, subsection 10, paragraph “a,”
and subsection 16, and section 31, subsection 1, paragraph “h,”
subsection 2, paragraph “c,” and subsection 13, and section 39.
These amendments shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—78.31(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 78.31(1), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
78.31(1) Covered hospital outpatient services. Payment
will be approved only for the following outpatient hospital services and medical
services when provided on the licensed premises of the hospital or pursuant
to subrule 78.31(5). Hospitals with alternate sites approved by the
department of inspections and appeals are acceptable sites. All outpatient
services listed in paragraphs “g” to “m” are subject to
a random sample retrospective review for medical necessity by the Iowa
Foundation for Medical Care. All services may also be subject to a more
intensive retrospective review if abuse is suspected. Services in paragraphs
“a” to “f” shall be provided in hospitals on an
outpatient basis and are subject to no further limitations except medical
necessity of the service.
Adopt the following new subrule:
78.31(5) Services rendered by family or pediatric
nurse practitioners employed by a hospital. Hospitals may be reimbursed for
services rendered by family or pediatric nurse practitioners who are employed by
the hospital and providing services in a facility or other location that is
owned by the hospital, but is not on or part of the hospital’s licensed
premises, if reimbursement is not otherwise available for the services rendered
by these employed nurse practitioners. As a condition of reimbursement, employed
family and pediatric nurse practitioners rendering these services must enroll
with the Medicaid program, receive a provider number, and designate the
employing hospital to receive payment. Claims for services shall be submitted
by the employed family or pediatric nurse practitioner. Payment shall be at the
same fee–schedule rates as those in effect for independently practicing
family or pediatric nurse practitioners under 441—subrule
79.1(2).
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve rule
441—78.45(249A).
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 79.1(2), Basis of reimbursement provider
categories “Ambulance,” “Area education agencies,”
“Audiologists,” “Birth centers,” “Certified
registered nurse anesthetists,” “Chiropractors,”
“Clinics,” “Community mental health centers,”
“Dentists,” “Durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and
medical supply dealers,” “Family planning clinics,”
“Family or pediatric nurse practitioner,” “Hearing aid
dealers,” “Home health agencies,” “Hospitals
(Inpatient),” “Hospitals (Outpatient),” “Intermediate
care facilities for the mentally retarded,” “Lead inspection
agency,” “Maternal health centers,”
“Nurse–midwives,” “Nursing facilities,”
“Opticians,” “Optometrists,” “Orthopedic shoe
dealers,” “Physical therapists,” “Physicians (doctors of
medicine or osteopathy),” “Podiatrists,” “Prescribed
drugs,” “Psychiatric medical institutions for children,”
“Psychologists,” “Rehabilitation agencies,” and
“Screening centers,” as follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
|
Ambulance
|
Fee schedule
|
Ground ambulance: Fee schedule in effect
6/30/99 6/30/00 plus 2% 0.7%.
Air ambulance: A base rate of $208.08
$209.54 plus $7.80 $7.85 per mile for each mile the
patient is carried.
|
|
Area education agencies
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 6/30/00
plus 2% 0.7%
|
|
Audiologists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
|
Birth centers
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 6/30/00
plus 2% 0.7%
|
|
Certified registered nurse anesthetists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 6/30/00
plus 2% 0.7%
|
|
Chiropractors
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
|
Clinics
|
Fee schedule
|
Fees as determined by the physician fee
schedule Maximum physician
reimbursement rate
|
|
Community mental health centers
|
Fee schedule
|
Reimbursement rate for center in effect
6/30/99 6/30/00 plus 5
17.33%
|
|
Dentists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus 2% 75%
of usual and customary rate
|
|
Durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and
medical supply dealers
|
Fee schedule.
See 79.1(4)
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 6/30/00
plus 2% 0.7%
|
|
Family or pediatric nurse practitioner
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
|
Family planning clinics
|
Fee schedule
|
Fees in effect 6/30/99 6/30/00 plus
2% 0.7%
|
|
Hearing aid dealers
|
Fee schedule plus product acquisition cost
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99
6/30/00 plus 2% 0.7%
|
Home health agencies
|
|
|
|
(Encounter services–intermittent services)
|
Retrospective cost–related
|
Maximum Medicaid Medicare rate
in effect on 6/30/99 plus 2%
|
|
(Private duty nursing or personal care and VFC vaccine
administration for persons aged 20 and under)
|
Interim fee schedule with retrospective cost settling based on
Medicaid Medicare methodology
|
Retrospective cost settling according to
Medicaid Medicare methodology not to exceed the
rate in effect on 6/30/99 plus 2%
|
|
Hospitals (Inpatient)
|
Prospective reimbursement. See 79.1(5)
|
Reimbursement rate in effect 6/30/99
6/30/00 increased by 2% 3%
|
|
Hospitals (Outpatient)
|
Prospective reimbursement for providers listed at
441—paragraphs 78.31(1)“a” to “f.”
See 79.1(16)
|
Ambulatory patient group rate (plus an evaluation rate) and
assessment payment rate in effect on 6/30/99 6/30/00
increased by 2% 3%
|
|
Fee schedule for providers listed at 441—paragraphs
78.31(1)“g” to “n.” See 79.1(16)
|
Rates in effect on 6/30/99 6/30/00
increased by 2% 3%
|
|
Intermediate care facilities for the mentally
retarded
|
Prospective reimbursement. See
441—82.5(249A)
|
Eightieth percentile of facility costs as calculated from
12/31/98 12/31/99 cost reports
|
|
Lead inspection agency
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99
6/30/00 plus 2% 0.7%
|
|
Maternal health centers
|
Reasonable cost per procedure on a prospective basis as
determined by the department based on financial and statistical data submitted
annually by the provider group
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99
6/30/00 plus 2% 0.7%
|
|
Nurse–midwives
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
|
Nursing facilities
|
|
|
|
1. Nursing facility care
|
Prospective reimbursement. See 441—subrule 81.10(1)
and 441—81.6(249A)
|
Seventieth percentile of facility costs as calculated from all
6/30/99 6/30/00 cost reports
|
|
2. Skilled nursing care
|
No change.
|
|
|
Opticians
|
Fee schedule. Fixed fee for lenses and frames; other optical
materials at product acquisition cost
|
Reimbursement rate for provider in effect
6/30/99 6/30/00 plus 2%
0.7%
|
|
Optometrists
|
Fee schedule. Fixed fee for lenses and frames; other optical
materials at product acquisition cost
|
Reimbursement rate for provider in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
|
Orthopedic shoe dealers
|
Fee schedule
|
Reimbursement rate for provider in effect
6/30/99 6/30/00 plus 2%
0.7%
|
|
Physical therapists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
|
Physicians (doctors of medicine or osteopathy)
|
Fee schedule.
See 79.1(7)
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS) methodology,
excluding anesthesia services. Anesthesia services will be reimbursed at the
Iowa Medicaid fee schedule rate in effect 6/30/00 plus 0.7%.
|
|
Podiatrists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
Prescribed drugs
|
See 79.1(8)
|
$4.10 $4.13 or $6.38
$6.42 dispensing fee (See 79.1(8)“a” and
“e”)
|
|
Psychiatric medical institutions for children
|
|
|
|
(Inpatient)
|
Prospective reimbursement
|
Reimbursement rate for provider based on per diem rates for
actual costs on 6/30/99 6/30/00, not to exceed a maximum
of $145.74 $147.20 per day
|
|
(Outpatient day treatment)
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/99 6/30/00
plus 2% 0.7%
|
|
Psychologists
|
Fee schedule
|
Reimbursement rate for provider in effect 6/30/99 plus
2% Rate in effect on 1/1/00 under the
fee schedule established for Iowa under the federal Medicare program,
incorporating the resource–based relative value scale (RBRVS)
methodology
|
|
Rehabilitation agencies
|
Retrospective cost–related
|
Reimbursement rate for agency in effect
6/30/99 6/30/00 plus 2%
0.7%
|
|
Screening centers
|
Fee schedule
|
Reimbursement rate for center in effect
6/30/99 6/30/00 plus 2%
0.7%
|
Amend subrule 79.1(8), paragraph
“a,” second and third unnumbered paragraphs, as
follows:
The basis of payment for prescribed drugs for which the MAC
has been established shall be the lesser of the MAC plus a professional
dispensing fee of $4.10 $4.13 or the pharmacist’s
usual and customary charge to the general public.
The basis of payment for drugs for which the MAC has not been
established shall be the lesser of the EAC plus a professional dispensing fee of
$6.38 $6.42 or the pharmacist’s usual and
customary charge to the general public.
Amend subrule 79.1(9) by adopting the following
new paragraph:
j. Freestanding skilled facilities with a case–mix index
above the statewide average for the previous reporting period shall receive a
case–mix adjustment of $5.20 added to their daily rate for a
six–month period. The case–mix index of each facility and the
statewide average case–mix index are calculated by the United States
Health Care Financing Administration from the minimum data set (MDS) report
submitted by each facility pursuant to 441—subrule 81.13(9).
ITEM 4. Amend rule
441—81.1(249A) by adopting the following new
definitions in alphabetical order:
“Case–mix add–on” means additional
Medicaid reimbursement based on the acuity and care need level of residents of a
nursing facility.
“Minimum data set” or “MDS” refers to
a federally required resident assessment tool. Information from the MDS is used
by the federal Health Care Financing Administration to determine the
facility’s case–mix index for purposes of the case–mix
add–on provided by paragraph 81.6(16)“f.” MDS is described in
subrule 81.13(9).
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—81.6(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 81.6(16), paragraphs
“c” and “e,” as follows:
c. For non–state–owned nursing facilities, the
reimbursement rate shall be established by determining, on a per diem basis, the
allowable cost plus the established inflation factor plus
and the established incentive factor, subject to the maximum allowable
cost ceiling, plus any applicable case–mix add–on.
e. Effective January 1, 1999 July 1,
2000, the basis for establishing the maximum reimbursement rate for
non–state–owned nursing facilities shall be the seventieth
percentileof participating facilities’ per diem rates as calculated from
the December 31, 1998 June 30, 2000, report of
“unaudited compilation of various costs and statistical data.”
Beginning July 1, 1999, the basis for establishing the
maximum reimbursement rate for non–state–owned nursing facilities
shall be the seventieth percentile of participating facilities’ per diem
rates as calculated from the June 30, 1999, report of “unaudited
compilation of various costs and statistical data” submitted by each
facility on medical assistance cost reports. A facility which does not have a
current cost report on file with the department as of June 30, 1999, shall
continue to receive the per diem rate in effect for that facility on June 30,
1999, until the facility’s costs are above that rate or until June 30,
2000, whichever is earlier.
Further amend subrule 81.6(16) by relettering
paragraphs “f” and “g” as
“g” and “h,” respectively, and adopting
the following new paragraph “f”:
f. Notwithstanding paragraph “e,” a semiannual
case–mix factor shall be calculated and applied to the payment rates for
certain facilities as follows:
(1) A case–mix index for each facility and the statewide
average case–mix index are calculated by the department from the minimum
data set (MDS) report submitted by each facility pursuant to 441—subrule
81.13(9). A patient care cost per patient day is calculated by the department
from the facility’s most recent financial and statistical cost report by
dividing the facility’s patient care costs by patient days. This is
compared to the statewide average for patient care costs computed as of every
June 30 and December 31.
(2) Facilities with a case–mix index derived from MDS
reports that exceeds the Iowa nursing facility average and with a patient care
service cost that exceeds the average for all participating nursing facilities
for the previous reporting period shall receive an addition of $5.20 to their
payment rate for a six–month period.
(3) Facilities with a case–mix index that exceeds the
Iowa nursing facility average and with a patient care service cost that is less
than the average for all participating facilities for the previous reporting
period shall receive an addition of $2.60 to their payment rate for a
six–month period.
Amend subrule 81.6(17), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
81.6(17) Cost report documentation. Beginning
July 1, 1999, all All nursing facilities shall submit semiannual
cost reports based on the closing date of the facility’s fiscal year and
the midpoint of the facility’s fiscal year, that incorporate
additional documentation as set forth below.
Initially, the additional documentation shall provide baseline
information by describing the status of the facility with reference to the
information requested as of July 1, 1999, and subsequently the additional
documentation shall describe the status of the facility for the period of the
cost report. The additional documentation to
be incorporated in the cost reports shall include all of the following
information:
Further amend subrule 81.6(17) by adopting the
following new paragraph:
c. An itemization of expenses attributable to the home or
principal office or headquarters of the nursing facility included in the
administrative cost line item.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 81.13(9) by
adopting the following new paragraph:
g. Preadmission resident assessment. The facility shall
conduct prior to admission a resident assessment of all persons seeking nursing
facility placement. The assessment information gathered shall be similar to the
data in the minimum data set (MDS) resident assessment tool.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0089B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 252D.22 and
2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2135, section 3, the Department of Human Services
hereby amends Chapter 95, “Collections,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments require the Collection Services Center (CSC)
to use the date of withholding, e.g., the employee’s payday, rather than
the day CSC receives the payment when crediting a support payment made by income
withholding. These changes conform the rules to a recent amendment to state
statute.
1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1170, section 8, amended the income
withholding statute to remove, as of October 1, 1999, the requirement that a
payor of income (e.g., the employer) report the payday to CSC when the payment
of income was submitted to CSC. In 1999, the Department adopted a rule change
to implement that 1998 change in state statute. The rule would have used the
date CSC received the support payment rather than the date the employer withheld
the support from the wages as the date of the payment. However, the
Administrative Rules Review Committee (ARRC) disagreed with the change and
decided to delay implementation ofthe change until the legislature could revisit
the issue. The Seventy–eighth General Assembly agreed with ARRC and
adopted 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2135, to continue the policy of using the
obligor employee’s payday to credit a payment made by income withholding.
House File 2135 also directed the Department to rescind any rules in conflict
with House File 2135 and provided that the Act’s changes would be
effective upon enactment. House File 2135 was enacted on April 20, 2000.
With two exceptions, these amendments replace the rescinded
rules with the same language in effect before the 1999 rule change. The
exceptions are that (1) these rules no longer refer to rebates since the $50
rebate payments to families in the Family Investment Program were removed from
state law in July 1998, and (2) these rules retain an exception for payments
received at the end of the month from payors of income as well as
obligors.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because they confer a benefit on obligors. By requiring the CSC to
use the date of withholding, the obligor will receive credit as of the date the
obligor is paid and loses control of the funds.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9907A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9870A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments August
9, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
252B.15 and 252D.17 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2135, section
2.
These amendments shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
441—95.1(252B), definition of “date of collection,” as
follows:
“Date of collection” shall mean the date that a
support payment is received by the unit department or the
legal entity of any state or political subdivision actually making the
collection, or the date that a support payment is withheld from the income of a
responsible person by an employer or other income provider, whichever is
earlier.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 441—95.3(252B)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
441—95.3(252B) Crediting of current and delinquent
support. The amounts received as support from the obligor shall be credited
as the required support obligation for the month in which they are collected.
Any excess shall be credited as delinquent payments and shall be applied to the
immediately preceding month, and then to the next immediately preceding month
until all excess has been applied. Funds received as a result of federal tax
offsets shall be credited according to rule 441—95.7(252B).
The date of collection shall be determined as
follows:
95.3(1) Payments from income withholding. Payments
collected as the result of income withholding are considered collected in the
month in which the income was withheld by the income provider. The date of
collection shall be the date on which the income was withheld.
a. For the purpose of reporting the date the income was
withheld, the department shall notify income providers of the requirement to
report the date income was withheld and shall provide Form 470–3221,
“Income Withholding Return Document,” to those income providers who
manually remit payments. When reported on this form or through other electronic
means or multiple account listings, the date of collection shall be used to
determine support distributions. When the date of collection is not reported,
support distributions shall initially be issued based on the date of the check.
If proof of the date of collection is subsequently provided, any additional
payments due the recipient shall be issued.
b. When the collection services center (CSC) is notified or
otherwise becomes aware that a payment received from an income provider pursuant
to 441—Chapter 98, Division II, includes payment amounts such as vacation
pay or severance pay, these amounts are considered irrevocably withheld in the
months documented by the income provider.
95.3(2) Payments from state or political subdivisions.
Payments collected from any state or political subdivision are considered
collected in the same month the payments were actually received by that legal
entity or the month withheld by an income provider, whichever is earlier. Any
state or political subdivision transmitting payments to the department shall be
responsible for reporting the date the payments were collected. When the date
of collection is not reported, support distributions shall be initially issued
based on the date of the state’s or political subdivision’s check.
If proof of the date of collection is subsequently provided, any additional
payments due the recipient shall be issued.
95.3(3) Additional payments. An additional payment in
the month which is received within five calendar days prior to the end of the
month shall be considered collected in the next month if:
a. CSC is notified or otherwise becomes aware that the payment
is for the next month, and
b. Support for the current month is fully paid.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 252B.15
and section 252D.17 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2135, section
2.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0090B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection 15, and section 44, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 130, “General
Provisions,” and Chapter 170, “Child Care Services,” appearing
in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update income guidelines and the fees parents
pay for child care services based on their monthly gross income to be consistent
with the federal poverty guidelines for 2000 and implement new provider rate
ceilings, except for nonregistered family day care homes.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed the
Department to set provider reimbursement rates based on the rate reimbursement
survey completed in December 1998, and to set rates in a manner so as to provide
incentives for a nonregistered provider to become registered.
These amendments do not provide for any waivers in specific
situations because these changes confer a benefit on consumers, by providing an
increase in the income eligibility guidelines, and on providers, by increasing
reimbursement rates. In addition, these changes were mandated by the
legislature, with no provisions for exceptions.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9908A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9871A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments August
9, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6, Iowa Code section 237A.1 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2344,
section 14, and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection
12.
These amendments shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 130.3(1),
paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Income eligible status. The monthly gross income
according to family size is no more than the following amounts:
|
Family Size
|
For Child Care Monthly Gross Income
|
All Other Services Monthly Gross Income Below
|
|
A
|
B
|
C
|
|
|
1 Members
|
$ 687
|
$ 696
|
$ 961
|
$ 974
|
$1,202
|
$1,219
|
$ 583
|
|
2 Members
|
922
|
938
|
1,290
|
1,313
|
1,613
|
1,641
|
762
|
|
3 Members
|
1,157
|
1,179
|
1,619
|
1,651
|
2,024
|
2,064
|
942
|
|
4 Members
|
1,392
|
1,421
|
1,948
|
1,989
|
2,435
|
2,486
|
1,121
|
|
5 Members
|
1,627
|
1,663
|
2,277
|
2,328
|
2,847
|
2,910
|
1,299
|
|
6 Members
|
1,862
|
1,904
|
2,606
|
2,666
|
3,258
|
3,332
|
1,478
|
|
7 Members
|
2,097
|
2,146
|
2,935
|
3,004
|
3,669
|
3,755
|
1,510
|
|
8 Members
|
2,332
|
2,388
|
3,264
|
3,343
|
3,766
|
4,178
|
1,546
|
|
9 Members
|
2,567
|
2,629
|
3,593
|
3,681
|
3,863
|
4,601
|
1,581
|
|
10 Members
|
2,802
|
2,871
|
3,922
|
4,019
|
3,960
|
4,701
|
1,612
|
For child care, Column A, add $235
$242 for each additional person over 10 members. For child care, Column
B, add $329 $338 for each additional person over 10
members. For child care, Column C, add $97 $100 for each
additional person over 10 members. For other services, add $33 for each
additional person over 10 members.
Column A is used to determine income eligibility when funds
are insufficient to serve additional families beyond those already receiving
services or requiring protective child care and applications are being taken
from families who are at or below 100 percent of the federal poverty guidelines
and in which the parents are employed at least 28 hours per week or are under
the age of 21 and participating in an educational program leading to a high
school diploma or equivalent or from parents under the age of 21 with a family
income at or below 100 percent of the federal poverty guidelines who are
participating, at a satisfactory level, in an approved training or education
program. (See 441—paragraphs 170.2(3)“a” and
“c.”)
Column B is used to determine income eligibility when funds
are insufficient to serve additional families beyond those already receiving
services or requiring protective child care and applications are being taken
from families with an income of more than 100 percent but not more than 140
percent of the federal poverty level whose members are employed at least 28
hours per week (see 441—paragraph 170.2(3)“d”) or when there
is adequate funding and no waiting lists and applications are being taken from
families applying for services, with the exception of families with children
with special needs.
Column C is used to determine income eligibility for families
with children with special needs.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 130.4(3),
introductory paragraph and “Monthly Income Increment Levels According to
Family Size” table, as follows:
130.4(3) Child care services. The monthly income
chart and fee schedule for child care services in a licensed child care center,
an exempt facility, a registered family or group child care home, a
nonregistered family child care home, or in–home care, or
relative care are shown in the following table:
|
Monthly Income Increment Levels According to Family
Size
|
|
Income Increment Levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
2
|
3
|
4
|
5
|
6
|
7
|
8
|
9
|
10
|
Half–Day Fee
|
|
A
|
653
661
|
877
891
|
1100
1120
|
1323
1350
|
1546
1579
|
1770
1809
|
1993
2039
|
2216
2268
|
2440
2498
|
2663
2727
|
.00
|
|
B
|
688
696
|
923
938
|
1158
1179
|
1393
1421
|
1628
1663
|
1863
1904
|
2098
2146
|
2333
2388
|
2568
2629
|
2803
2871
|
.50
|
|
C
|
726
735
|
974
990
|
1222
1245
|
1471
1500
|
1719
1756
|
1967
2011
|
2215
2266
|
2464
2521
|
2712
2776
|
2960
3032
|
1.00
|
|
D
|
767
776
|
1029
1045
|
1291
1315
|
1553
1584
|
1815
1854
|
2077
2123
|
2340
2393
|
2602
2662
|
2864
2932
|
3126
3201
|
1.50
|
|
E
|
810
819
|
1087
1104
|
1363
1389
|
1640
1673
|
1917
1958
|
2193
2242
|
2471
2527
|
2747
2811
|
3024
3096
|
3301
3381
|
2.00
|
|
F
|
855
865
|
1147
1166
|
1440
1466
|
1732
1767
|
2024
2067
|
2316
2368
|
2609
2668
|
2901
2969
|
3193
3269
|
3486
3570
|
2.50
|
|
G
|
903
914
|
1212
1231
|
1520
1548
|
1829
1866
|
2137
2183
|
2446
2500
|
2755
2818
|
3064
3135
|
3372
3453
|
3681
3770
|
3.00
|
|
H
|
954
965
|
1279
1300
|
1605
1635
|
1931
1970
|
2257
2305
|
2583
2641
|
2909
2976
|
3235
3311
|
3561
3646
|
3887
3981
|
3.50
|
|
I
|
1007
1019
|
1351
1373
|
1695
1727
|
2039
2081
|
2383
2434
|
2728
2788
|
3072
3142
|
3416
3496
|
3760
3850
|
4105
4204
|
4.00
|
|
J
|
1063
1076
|
1427
1450
|
1790
1823
|
2154
2197
|
2517
2571
|
2880
2945
|
3244
3318
|
3608
3692
|
3971
4066
|
4334
4439
|
4.50
|
|
K
|
1123
1136
|
1507
1531
|
1890
1926
|
2274
2320
|
2658
2715
|
3042
3109
|
3426
3504
|
3810
3899
|
4193
4293
|
4577
4688
|
5.00
|
|
L
|
1186
1200
|
1591
1617
|
1996
2033
|
2402
2450
|
2807
2867
|
3212
3284
|
3618
3700
|
4023
4117
|
4428
4534
|
4834
4950
|
5.50
|
|
M
|
1252
1267
|
1680
1707
|
2108
2147
|
2536
2587
|
2964
3027
|
3392
3467
|
3820
3908
|
4248
4348
|
4676
4788
|
5104
5228
|
6.00
|
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 170.4(7),
paragraph “a,” Table I and Table II, as follows:
|
Table I Half–Day Rate Ceilings for Basic
Care
|
|
Age Group
|
Day Care Center
|
Registered Family Home
|
Registered Group Home
|
Nonregistered Family Home
|
|
Infant and Toddler
|
$11.50 $12.45
|
$9.00 $10.00
|
$8.50 $9.00
|
$8.19
|
|
Preschool
|
$9.50 $10.50
|
$9.00
|
$7.88 $8.55
|
$7.19
|
|
School Age
|
$8.50 $9.00
|
$9.00
|
$7.88 $8.33
|
$7.36
|
|
Table II Half–Day Rate Ceilings for Special Needs
Care
|
|
Age Group
|
Day Care Center
|
Registered Family Home
|
Registered Group Home
|
Nonregistered Family Home
|
|
Infant and Toddler
|
$28.13 $48.00
|
$11.25 $15.75
|
$11.00 $12.38
|
$10.24
|
|
Preschool
|
$28.55 $28.13
|
$9.72 $14.63
|
$10.28 $12.38
|
$8.99
|
|
School Age
|
$29.93 $28.04
|
$13.50
|
$11.47 $11.25
|
$9.20
|
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0091B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection 15, and section 44; and
House File 2555, section 1, subsection 1, and section 11, the Department of
Human Services hereby amends Chapter 150, “Purchase of Service,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update fiscal year changes and rate increases
mandated by the Seventy–eighth General Assembly. Adoption, independent
living, home studies, and shelter care providers are given a
cost–of–living adjustment of 5 percent.
All current shelter care providers are currently reimbursed by
the Department at the maximum rate of $79.70 per day. In order for the current
shelter care providers to realize the full 5 percent increase, it is necessary
to apply the 5 percent increase to:
• The current maximum
reimbursement per diem rate of $79.70, raising the maximum to $83.69.
• Each per diem (combined
service and maintenance) provider rate currently reimbursed by the Department,
resulting in a per diem increase of $3.99.
• The provider’s
actual and allowable unit cost plus inflation based on the most recently
submitted and audited financial and statistical report, increasing the cost by
$3.99.
• The statewide average
actual and allowable unit cost plus inflation based upon the most recently
submitted and audited financial and statistical reports as of May 15, 2000,
increasing the rate by $3.99.
These amendments do not provide for a waiver in specific
situations because they confer a benefit by increasing reimbursement rates. All
independent living, shelter care, and adoption providers should be reimbursed on
the same basis.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9909A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9872A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments August
9, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2555, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph
“d,” and Senate File 2435, section 31, subsections 7 and
14.
These amendments shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 150.3(5),
paragraph “p,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1) as follows:
(1) Unless otherwise provided for in 441—Chapter 156,
rates for shelter care shall not exceed $79.70 83.69 per
day based on a 365–day year.
Amend subparagraph (2), introductory paragraph, and
numbered paragraph “1,” introductory paragraph, as
follows:
(2) For the fiscal year beginning July 1,
1999 2000, the maximum reimbursement rates for services
provided under a purchase of social service agency contract (adoption; local
purchase services including adult day care, adult support, adult residential,
community supervised apartment living arrangement, sheltered work, work
activity, and transportation; shelter care; family planning; and independent
living) shall be the same as the rates in effect on June 30,
1999 2000, except under any of the following
circumstances:
1. If a new service was added after June 30,
1999 2000, the initial reimbursement rate for the
service shall be based upon actual and allowable costs. A new service does not
include a new building or location or other changes in method of service
delivery for a service currently provided under the contract.
Further amend subparagraph (2), numbered paragraph
“3,” as follows:
3. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1999
2000, the combined service and maintenance reimbursement rate paid to a
shelter care provider shall be based on the financial and statistical report
submitted to the department. The maximum reimbursement rate shall be
$79.70 83.69 per day. If the department reimburses the
provider at less than the maximum rate, but the provider’s cost report
justifies a rate of at least $79.70 83.69, the
department shall readjust the provider’s reimbursement rate to the actual
and allowable cost plus the inflation factor or $79.70
83.69, whichever is less.
Further amend subparagraph (2) by adopting the
following new numbered paragraph “4” and
rescinding numbered paragraph “5”:
4. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000, the purchase of
service reimbursement rate for adoption, independent living services, and
shelter care shall be increased by 5 percent of the rates in effect on June 30,
2000. The 5 percent increase in shelter care rates results in a per diem
increase of $3.99. The shelter care provider’s actual and allowable cost
plus inflation shall be increased by $3.99. For state fiscal year 2001
beginning July 1, 2000, the established statewide average actual and allowable
rate shall be increased by $3.99.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation clause
following 441—Chapter 150, Division I, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6
and 1999 Iowa Acts, House File 760, section 33, subsections 6, 8, and
9 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2555, section 1, subsection 1,
paragraph “d,” and Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection
7.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 150.22(7),
paragraph “p,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1), introductory paragraph, and
numbered paragraph “1,” introductory paragraph, as
follows:
(1) For the fiscal year beginning July 1,
1999 2000, the maximum reimbursement rates for local
purchase services, including adult day care, adult support, adult residential,
community supervised apartment living arrangement, sheltered work, work
activity, and transportation shall be the same as the rates in effect on June
30, 1999 2000, except under any of the following
circumstances:
1. If a new service was added after June 30,
1999 2000, the initial reimbursement rate for the
service shall be based upon actual and allowable costs. A new service does not
include a new building or location or other changes in method of service
delivery for a service currently provided under the contract.
ITEM 4. Amend the implementation clause
following 441—Chapter 150, Division II, as
follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6
and 1999 Iowa Acts, House File 760, section 33, subsection 6
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection 7.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0092B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection 15, and section 44, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 156, “Payments for
Foster Care and Foster Parent Training,” and Chapter 201,
“Subsidized Adoptions,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments implement the increases to foster family
homes and adoptive homes mandated by the Seventy–eighth General
Assembly.
The daily foster family care and adoption payment rates are
increased as follows: for a child aged 0 through 5 from $13.79 to $14.00, for a
child aged 6 through 11 from $14.54 to $14.78, for a child aged 12 through 15
from $16.28 to $16.53, and for a child aged 16 and over from $16.32 to
$16.53.
The maximum foster family basic monthly maintenance rate and
the maximum adoption subsidy rate for children remain at 70 percent of the
United States Department of Agriculture’s estimate of the cost to raise a
child in the Midwest with a cost–of–living increase added for Fiscal
Year 2001.
These amendments do not provide for any waivers inspecified
situations because these changes confer a benefit on foster parents and adoptive
parents by increasing the foster family daily maintenance rate and the maximum
adoption subsidy rate.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9910A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9873A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments August
9, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection 6.
These amendments shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—156.6(234)
as follows:
Amend subrule 156.6(1) as follows:
156.6(1) Basic rate. A monthly payment for care in a
foster family home licensed in Iowa shall be made to the foster family based on
the following schedule:
|
Age of child
|
Daily rate
|
|
0 through 5
|
$13.79 $14.00
|
|
6 through 11
|
14.54 14.78
|
|
12 through 15
|
16.28 16.53
|
|
16 and over
|
16.32 16.53
|
Further amend rule 441—156.6(234), implementation
clause, to read as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.38
and 1999 Iowa Acts, House File 760, section 33, subsection 5
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31, subsection 6.
ITEM 2. Amend 441—Chapter
201, implementation clause, to read as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
600.17 to 600.21 and 600.23; and 1999 Iowa Acts, House File 760, section
33, subsection 5 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 31,
subsection 6.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0093B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2193,
sections 4(5), 6(3) and (4), and 21, the Department of Human Services hereby
adopts Chapter 161, “Iowa Senior Living Trust Fund,” and Chapter
162, “Nursing Facility Conversion and Long–Term Care Services
Development Grants,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules implement provisions of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2193, the Iowa Senior Living Program Act. The goal of the Iowa Senior
Living Program Act is to create a comprehensive long–term care system that
is consumer–directed, provides a balance between the alternatives of
institutionally and noninstitutionally provided services, and contributes to the
quality of the lives of persons who are elderly or adults with disabilities in
Iowa.
These rules implement the Iowa Senior Living Trust Fund
created in the state treasury under the authority of the Department of Human
Services and define and structure nursing facility conversion grants and
long–term care services development grants to be made from the Iowa Senior
Living Trust Fund by the Department.
The Iowa Senior Living Trust Fund is funded by receipt of
federal revenue from public nursing facilities participating in the medical
assistance program. The Department shall provide increased reimbursement to the
participating public facilities for nursing facility services provided under the
Medicaid program. The facilities shall retain $5,000 of additional reimbursement
received per agreement as a processing payment and shall refund the remainder of
the additional reimbursement through intergovernmental transfer to the
Department. The Department shall deposit the federal share of the refund (less
the $5,000 retained by the nursing facility) in the Iowa Senior Living Trust
Fund and shall credit the nonfederal share of the refund to the
Department’s medical assistance appropriation.
Under these rules, Iowa nursing facilities will be eligible to
apply for grants for capital or other one–time expenditure costs to assist
with the cost of converting all or a portion of the facility to an assisted
living facility or other alternatives to nursing facility care, and providers of
long–term care services and nursing homes will be eligible to apply for
grants to develop additional needed long–term care alternatives other than
assisted living. These alternatives can then be funded through a Medicaid
Home– and Community–Based Services (HCBS) waiver.
The rules establish criteria for awarding grants and set
limits on funding. The General Assembly appropriated $20 million from the
Senior Living Trust Fund for state fiscal year 2001 to provide these grants.
Conversion grants are limited to $1 million per facility, with
an additional $100,000 if the provider agrees to also provide adult day care,
child care for children with special needs, safe shelter for victims of
dependent adult abuse, or respite care. The maximum conversion grant per
assisted living unit is $45,000. Service development grants are limited to
$150,000 for HCBS waiver services. These rules also provide for an architectural
and financial feasibility study allowance for conversion or service development
grants of up to $15,000.
These rules do not provide for any waivers in specific
situations because creation of the trust fund and awarding of grants will confer
a benefit on providers and consumers. Participation by public nursing
facilities in the creation of the trust fund is voluntary. All participants in
the creation of the fund and all grant applicants should be subject to the same
rules.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9911A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9883A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments August
9, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2193, sections 4, 5, and 6.
These amendments shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Chs 161, 162] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 9883A, IAB 6/14/00.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published
9/6/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
9/6/00.]
ARC 0094B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 163, “Adolescent
Pregnancy Prevention and Services to Pregnant and Parenting Adolescents
Programs,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments provide that grants to pregnancy prevention
programs that are developed after July 1, 2000, shall be awarded to programs
which are comprehensive in scope and which are based on existing models that
have demonstrated positive outcomes. Priority in the awarding of grants shall
be given to programs that serve areas of the state which demonstrate the highest
percentage of unplanned pregnancies of females aged 13 or older but younger than
the age of 18 within the geographic area to be served by the grant.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these changes were mandated by theSeventy–eighth
General Assembly.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9912A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9874A.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments August
9, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2435, section 3, subsection 11.
These amendments shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
441—163.1(234) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Percentage of pregnancies” means the total number
of births to mothers aged 13 years of age and older but younger than 18 years of
age in the service area for the most recent year for which data is available
divided by the total number of births statewide for the same age group and the
same year.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 163.3(1) as
follows:
163.3(1) Grants will be awarded to eligible applicants
for specifically designed projects. Preference in awarding grants shall be
given to projects which utilize use a variety of
community resources and agencies. Priority in awarding of points for
community grants shall be given to programs that serve areas of the state which
demonstrate the highest percentage of pregnancies of females aged 13 years of
age or older but younger than the age of 18 within the geographic area to be
served by the grant. Projects selected for the adolescent pregnancy
prevention statewide campaign, adolescent pregnancy evaluation grant, and state
coalition grants will be eligible for noncompetitive funding for up to three
years, pending availability of funds and based upon satisfactory progress toward
program goals. Projects which do not make satisfactory progress toward program
goals shall be required to competitively bid for refunding. After three years,
all projects must competitively bid for refunding.
Projects funded prior to July 2000 under the community
adolescent pregnancy prevention and services grants are eligible for funding for
up to nine years, pending availability of funds and based upon
satisfactory progress toward program goals if the programs are
comprehensive in scope and have demonstrated positive outcomes. Grants
awarded after July 2000 must be comprehensive in scope and be based on existing
models that have demonstrated positive outcomes.
An increasing grantee match will be required. A 5 percent
grantee match will be required in year one. The match will increase by 5
percent each subsequent year a project receives funding. In–kind matches
may be applied toward the grantee match. Projects which do not make
satisfactory progress toward program goals shall be required to competitively
bid for refunding.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 163.4(2),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Statement of problem and need, including information
demonstrating the percentage of pregnancies of females aged 13 years of age or
older but younger than the age of 18 within the geographic area to be
served.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 163.5(3),
introductory paragraph, and paragraph “i,” as
follows:
163.5(3) A weighted Weighted
scoring criteria will be used to determine grant awards. The maximum
amount number of points possible is 110
125. Determination of final point awards will be based on the
following:
i. Overall quality and impact of program and
consideration of legislative preference areas —10
points.
Further amend subrule 163.5(3) by adopting the
following new paragraph “k”:
k. Consideration of legislative priority area—15
points.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0095B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 2555, section 1, subsection 1, and section 11, and Senate
File 2435, section 31, subsection 15, and section 44, the Department of Human
Services hereby amends Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative Treatment
Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment discontinues during state fiscal year 2001 the
practice of allowing individual rehabilitative treatment and supportive service
(RTSS) rates to be renegotiated and implements a rate increase, both as mandated
by the General Assembly. RTSS providers will receive a 5 percent
across–the–board cost–of–living adjustment that shall be
applied to each individual provider’s state–negotiated
rate.
This amendment does not provide for any waivers in specific
situations because these changes were mandated by the legislature, with no
provisions for exceptions.
This amendment was previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the June 28, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9913A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the June 14, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9875A.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment August 9,
2000.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2555, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph
“c,” and Senate File 2435, section 31, subsections 9 and
14.
This amendment shall become effective November 1, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment is hereby
rescinded.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 185.112(1), paragraph
“k,” as follows:
k. Once a negotiated rate is established based on the
provisions of this subrule, it shall not be changed or renegotiated
during the time period of this rule except in the following
circumstances:
(1) By mutual consent of the provider and the regional
administrator of the host region based upon the factors delineated at paragraph
185.112(1)“f.,” except that rates shall
not be changed or renegotiated for the period of July 1, 2000, through June 30,
2001.
(2) In accordance with paragraph
185.112(6)“b.,” except that rates shall
not be changed or renegotiated for services not assumed by a new provider for
the period of July 1, 2000, through June 30, 2001.
(3) When Rates may be changed when
funds are appropriated for an across–the–board increase. Effective
July 1, 1999 2000, a 2 5 percent
across–the–board increase
cost–of–living adjustment will be applied.
[Filed 8/9/00, effective 11/1/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0097B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8 and 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2126, the Insurance Division adopts amendments to Chapter
35, “Accident and Health Insurance,” Chapter 71, “Small Group
Health Benefit Plans,” and Chapter 75, “Iowa Individual Health
Benefit Plans,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments set forth the requirements for providing
contraceptive coverage for prescription drugs and devices in large, small group,
and individual health insurance plans regulated by the Iowa Insurance Division.
Coverage of such prescription drugs and devices is a mandatory benefit in the
large and small group health benefit plans. A mandatory offer of such coverage
is required in the individual health benefit plans.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9983A on July 12, 2000.
A public hearing was held on August 1, 2000, at the offices of
the Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments were
received concerning an exemption from coverage for certain groups based upon
religious beliefs. Several comments were received suggesting that a listing of
the types of contraceptive drugs and devices approved by the Food and Drug
Administration be included in the rules. There were comments concerning
coverage of physical examinations by plans that do not provide for physical
examinations.
Changes to the Noticed rules have been made to clarify that
insurance plans that do not provide for physical examinations are not required
to cover them in the course of prescribing a contraceptive drug or contraceptive
device. In addition, a list of Food and Drug Administration–approved
drugs and devices has been included.
The Insurance Division adopted these amendments on August 8,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2126.
These amendments will become effective on October 11,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 191—Chapter 35 by
adopting the following new rule:
191—35.39(514C) Contraceptive
coverage.
35.39(1) A carrier or organized delivery system that
provides benefits for outpatient prescription drugs or devices shall provide
benefits for prescription contraceptive drugs or prescription contraceptive
devices which prevent conception and are approved by the United States Food and
Drug Administration or generic equivalents approved as substitutable by the
United States Food and Drug Administration. The covered drugs and devices are
as follows:
a. Oral contraceptives.
b. Diaphragms.
c. Subcutaneous contraceptive implants.
d. Intrauterine devices.
e. Injectable contraceptives.
f. Emergency contraception pills.
g. Cervical caps.
35.39(2) A carrier or organized delivery system is not
required to provide benefits for over–the–counter contraceptive
drugs or contraceptive devices that do not require a prescription for
purchase.
35.39(3) A contraceptive drug or contraceptive device
does not include surgical services intended for sterilization, including, but
not limited to, tubal ligation or vasectomy.
35.39(4) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
be required to provide benefits for services related to outpatient contraceptive
services for the purpose of preventing conception if the policy or contract
provides benefits for other outpatient services provided by a health care
professional.
35.39(5) If a carrier or organized delivery system
does not provide benefits for a routine physical examination, the carrier or
organized delivery system is not required to provide benefits for a routine
physical examination provided in the course of prescribing a contraceptive drug
or contraceptive device.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2126.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 71.14(6) as
follows:
71.14(6) Oral Prescription
oral contraceptives and contraceptive devices that are approved by the
United States Food and Drug Administration are to be covered in both policy
forms. Coverage for alternative forms of contraception is to be
reviewed based upon medical necessity.
ITEM 3. Amend 191—Chapter 71 by
adopting the following new rule:
191—71.24(514C) Contraceptive
coverage.
71.24(1) A carrier or organized delivery system that
provides benefits for outpatient prescription drugs or devices shall provide
benefits for prescription contraceptive drugs or prescription contraceptive
devices which prevent conception and are approved by the United States Food and
Drug Administration or generic equivalents approved as substitutable by the
United States Food and Drug Administration. The covered drugs and devices are
as follows:
a. Oral contraceptives.
b. Diaphragms.
c. Subcutaneous contraceptive implants.
d. Intrauterine devices.
e. Injectable contraceptives.
f. Emergency contraception pills.
g. Cervical caps.
71.24(2) A carrier or organized delivery system is not
required to provide benefits for over–the–counter contraceptive
drugs or contraceptive devices that do not require a prescription for
purchase.
71.24(3) A contraceptive drug or contraceptive device
does not include surgical services intended for sterilization, including, but
not limited to, tubal ligation or vasectomy.
71.24(4) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
be required to provide benefits for services related to outpatient contraceptive
services for the purpose of preventing conception if the policy or contract
provides benefits for other outpatient services provided by a health care
professional.
71.24(5) If a carrier or organized delivery system
does not provide benefits for a routine physical examination, the carrier or
organized delivery system is not required to provide benefits for a routine
physical examination provided in the course of prescribing a contraceptive drug
or contraceptive device.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2126.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 75.10(4) as
follows:
75.10(4) Oral Prescription
oral contraceptives and contraceptive devices that are approved by the
United States Food and Drug Administration are to be covered in both
policy forms. Coverage for alternative forms of contraception is to be
reviewed based upon medical necessity.
ITEM 5. Amend 191—Chapter 75 by
adopting the following new rule:
191—75.18(514C) Contraceptive
coverage.
75.18(1) A carrier or organized delivery system that
provides benefits for outpatient prescription drugs or devices shall make
available benefits for prescription contraceptive drugs or prescription
contraceptive devices which prevent conception and are approved by the United
States Food and Drug Administration or generic equivalents approved as
substitutable by the United States Food and Drug Administration. The covered
drugs and devices are as follows:
a. Oral contraceptives.
b. Diaphragms.
c. Subcutaneous contraceptive implants.
d. Intrauterine devices.
e. Injectable contraceptives.
f. Emergency contraception pills.
g. Cervical caps.
75.18(2) A carrier or organized delivery system is not
required to offer benefits for over–the–counter contraceptive drugs
or contraceptive devices that do not require a prescription for
purchase.
75.18(3) A contraceptive drug or contraceptive device
does not include surgical services intended for sterilization, including, but
not limited to, tubal ligation or vasectomy.
75.18(4) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
make available benefits for services related to outpatient contraceptive
services for the purpose of preventing conception if the policy or contract
provides benefits for other outpatient services provided by a health care
professional.
75.18(5) If a carrier or organized delivery system
does not provide benefits for a routine physical examination, the carrier or
organized delivery system is not required to provide benefits for a routine
physical examination provided in the course of prescribing a contraceptive drug
or contraceptive device.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2126.
[Filed 8/17/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0101B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 52, “Wildlife
Refuges,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds three areas to established wildlife
refuges: the Spring Run and Henderson areas in Dickinson County and the
McCausland area in Scott County.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 28, 2000, as ARC 9946A. The only change
from the Notice of Intended Action was to add the McCausland area in Scott
County to the two areas added in the Notice.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
456A.24 and 481A.6.
This amendment shall become effective October 11,
2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 52.1(2), paragraph
“a,” by adding the following new areas to the
list of wildlife refuges:
Henderson Dickinson
Spring Run Dickinson
McCausland Scott
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0099B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 76, “Unprotected
Nongame,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapter 76 removes certain nongame species from the protection
normally conferred to all nongame wildlife under Iowa Code section 481A.42.
This amendment removes common garter snakes and timber rattlesnakes from Chapter
76 and thereby confers protection to them.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 31, 2000, as ARC 9859A. A public hearing
on the proposed amendments was held June 21, 2000. There are no changes from the
Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39 and 481A.48.
This amendment will become effective October 11,
2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind and reserve subrule 76.1(2).
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0102B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 94, “Nonresident
Deer Hunting,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment allows nonresidents who do not draw a deer
hunting license to receive a preference which may be used when applying for a
deer license the following year.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 3, 2000, as ARC 9804A. No public comments
were received during the public comment period or at the public hearing. The
final adopted amendment is unchanged from the Notice of Intended
Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38 and 481A.48.
This amendment shall become effective October 11,
2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 571—94.8(483A) by adopting the
following new unnumbered paragraph after the introductory
paragraph:
Applicants who are unsuccessful in the drawing for a
nonresident deer license will be given preference in the next year’s
application process. Applicants who fail to apply in the second year cannot
carry their preference into future years. Applicants with preference may apply
for any zone in the second year. Licenses for each zone will be drawn first
from among applicants with preference. If licenses are still available after
the preference drawing, a second drawing will be held from all other applicants.
Preference does not guarantee a license.
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0117B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 154A.4, the
Board of Examiners for the Licensing and Regulation of Hearing Aid Dealers
hereby amends Chapter 120, “Board of Examiners for the Licensing and
Regulation of Hearing Aid Dealers,” and adopts new Chapter 121,
“Continuing Education for Hearing Aid Dealers,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current continuing
education rules; adopt a new chapter for continuing education; renumber the rule
regarding licensees and supervision requirements; adopt by reference a code of
ethics; and amend cross references to rules that are no longer in use.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9834A. A public hearing
was held on June 7, 2000, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Professional Licensure
Conference Room, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No
public comments were received at the hearing. However, a few nonsubstantive
changes have been made for clarification.
These amendments were adopted by the Board of Examiners for
the Licensing and Regulation of Hearing Aid Dealers on August 7, 2000.
These amendments will become effective October 11,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
154A.4 and chapter 272C.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Adopt new subrule
120.1(5) as follows:
120.1(5) The board hereby adopts by reference the Code
of Ethics of the International Hearing Society as published by the International
Hearing Society, 20361 Middlebelt Road, Livonia, Michigan 48152, revised October
1996.
ITEM 2. Rescind rules
645—120.6(154A) to 645— 120.9(154A) and renumber rules
645—120.10(154A) through 645—120.14(154A) as
645—120.6(154A) through 645— 120.10(154A).
ITEM 3. Renumber rule
645—120.212(272C) as 645— 120.11(272C).
ITEM 4. Amend renumbered subrule
120.11(16) as follows:
120.11(16) Failure to report to the board as provided
in rule 645—120.201(272C) 645—Chapter 9 any
violation by another licensee of the reasons for disciplinary action as listed
in this rule.
ITEM 5. Adopt new
645—Chapter 121 as follows:
CHAPTER 121
CONTINUING EDUCATION
FOR HEARING AID
DEALERS
645—121.1(154A) Definitions. For the purpose of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Active license” means the license of a person who
is acting, practicing, functioning, and working in compliance with license
requirements.
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
board of examiners for the licensing and regulation of hearing aid
dealers.
“Approved program/activity” means a continuing
education program/activity meeting the standards set forth in these rules, which
has received approval by the board pursuant to these rules.
“Approved sponsor” means a person or an
organization sponsoring continuing education activities that has been approved
by the board as a sponsor pursuant to these rules. During the time an
organization, educational institution, or person is an approved sponsor, all
continuing education activities of such organization, educational institution,
or person shall be deemed automatically approved.
“Audit” means the selection of licensees
for verification of satisfactory completion of continuing education requirements
during a specified time period or the selection of providers for verification of
adherence to continuing provider requirements during a specified time
period.
“Board” means the board of examiners for the
licensing and regulation of hearing aid dealers.
“Continuing education” means planned, organized
learning acts acquired during initial licensure designed to maintain, improve,
or expand a licensee’s knowledge and skills in order for the licensee to
develop new knowledge and skills relevant to the enhancement of practice,
education, or theory development to improve the safety and welfare of the
public.
“Hour of continuing education” means a clock hour
spent by a licensee in actual attendance at and completion of approved
continuing education activity.
“Inactive license” means the license of a person
who is not engaged in practice in the state of Iowa.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who has failed to meet
stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to
practice as a hearing aid dealer in the state of Iowa.
645—121.2(154A) Continuing education
requirements.
121.2(1) The biennial continuing education compliance
period shall extend for a two–year period beginning on January 1 of each
odd–numbered year and ending on December 31 of the next
even–numbered year. Each biennium, each person who is licensed to
practice as a hearing aid dealer in this state shall be required to complete a
minimum of 32 hours of continuing education approved by the board.
121.2(2) Requirements for new licensees. Those
persons licensed for the first time shall not be required to complete continuing
education as a prerequisite for the first renewal of their licenses. Continuing
education hours acquired anytime from the initial licensing until the second
license renewal may be used. The new licensee will be required to complete a
minimum of 32 hours of continuing education per biennium for each subsequent
license renewal.
121.2(3) Hours of continuing education credit may be
obtained by attending and participating in a continuing education activity.
These hours must be approved by the board or otherwise meet the requirements
herein pursuant to statutory provisions and the rules that implement
them.
121.2(4) No hours of continuing education shall be
carried over into the next biennium except as stated for the second
renewal.
121.2(5) It is the responsibility of each licensee to
finance the cost of continuing education.
645—121.3(154A) Standards for
approval.
121.3(1) General criteria. A continuing education
activity which meets all of the following criteria is appropriate for continuing
education credit if it is determined by the board that the continuing education
activity:
a. Constitutes an organized program of learning which
contributes directly to the professional competency of the licensee;
b. Pertains to subject matters which integrally relate to the
practice of the profession;
c. Is conducted by individuals who have specialized education,
training and experience by reason of which said individuals should be considered
qualified concerning the subject matter of the program. An application must be
accompanied by a paper, manual or outline which substantively pertains to the
subject matter of the program and reflects program schedule, goals and
objectives. The board may request the qualifications of the
presenters;
d. Fulfills stated program goals, objectives, or both;
and
e. Provides proof of attendance to licensees in attendance
including:
(1) Date, place, course title, presenter(s);
(2) Number of program contact hours (One contact hour equals
one hour of continuing education credit.); and
(3) Official signature or verification by program
sponsor.
121.3(2) Specific criteria.
a. Continuing education hours of credit may be obtained by
completing the following:
(1) Academic coursework if the coursework is offered by an
accredited postsecondary educational institution;
(2) Self–study telnet courses only when an on–site
monitor is present;
(3) Continuing education activities of an approved
sponsor;
(4) Continuing education activities that have prior
approval.
b. The maximum number of continuing education hours of credit
for academic coursework per biennium is:
(1) Twelve hours of credit for academic coursework:
1 academic semester hour = 15 continuing education
hours
1 academic quarter hour = 10 continuing education hours
(2) Eight hours of credit for participation in technical,
business, or professional seminars, workshops or symposiums which enhance a
licensee’s ability to provide quality hearing health care
services.
(3) Four hours of credit for telnet courses.
645—121.4(154A) Approval of sponsors, programs, and
activities for continuing education.
121.4(1) Approval of sponsors. An applicant
who desires approval as a sponsor of courses, programs, or other continuing
education activities shall, unless exempted elsewhere in these rules, apply for
approval to the board on the form designated by the board stating the
applicant’s educational history for the preceding two years or proposed
plan for the next two years.
a. The form shall include the following:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors, including
résumés or vitae; and
(4) Evaluation form(s).
b. Records shall be retained by the sponsor for four
years.
c. Attendance record report. The person or organization
sponsoring an approved continuing education activity shall provide a certificate
of attendance or verification to the licensee providing the following
information:
(1) Program date(s);
(2) Course title and presenter;
(3) Location;
(4) Number of clock hours attended and continuing education
hours earned;
(5) Name of sponsor and sponsor number;
(6) Licensee’s name; and
(7) Method of presentation.
d. All approved, accredited sponsors shall maintain a copy of
the following:
(1) The continuing education activity;
(2) List of enrolled licensees’ names and license
numbers; and
(3) Number of continuing education clock hours awarded for a
minimum of four years from the date of the continuing education
activity.
e. The sponsor shall submit a report of all continuing
education programs conducted in the previous year during the assigned month for
reporting designated by the board. The report shall include:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae;
(4) Evaluation form(s); and
(5) A summary of the evaluations completed by the
licensees.
121.4(2) Prior approval of programs/activities. An
organization or person other than an approved sponsor that desires prior
approval of a course, program or other education activity or that desires to
establish approval of such activity prior to attendance shall apply for approval
to the board on a form provided by the board at least 60 days in advance of the
commencement of the activity. The board shall approve or deny such application
in writing within 30 days of receipt of such application. The application shall
state:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Course outline;
d. Total hours of instruction; and
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information.
The organization or person shall be notified of approval or
denial by ordinary mail.
121.4(3) Review of programs. Sponsors shall
report continuing education programs every year at a time designated by the
board. The board may at any time reevaluate an approved sponsor. If, after
reevaluation, the board finds there is cause for revocation of the approval of
an approved sponsor, the board shall give notice of the revocation to that
sponsor by certified mail. The sponsor shall have the right to hearing
regarding the revocation. The request for hearing must be sent within 20 days
after the receipt of the notice of revocation. The hearing shall be held within
90 days after the receipt of the request for hearing. The board shall give
notice by certified mail to the sponsor of the date set for the hearing at least
30 days prior to the hearing. The board shall conduct the hearing in compliance
with rule 645— 11.9(17A).
121.4(4) Postapproval of activities. A licensee
seeking credit for attendance and participation in an education activity which
was not conducted by an approved sponsor or otherwise approved shall submit to
the board, within 60 days after completion of such activity, the
following:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Course outline;
d. Total hours of instruction and credit hours
requested;
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information;
f. Request for credit which includes a brief summary of the
activity; and
g. Certificate of attendance or verification.
Within 90 days after receipt of such application, the board
shall advise the licensee in writing by ordinary mail whether the activity is
approved and the number of hours allowed. A licensee not complying with the
requirements of this subrule may be denied credit for such activity.
121.4(5) Voluntary relinquishment. The approved
sponsor may voluntarily relinquish sponsorship by notifying the board office in
writing.
645—121.5(154A) Reporting continuing education by
licensee. At the time of license renewal, each licensee shall be required
to submit a report on continuing education to the board on a
board–approved form.
121.5(1) The information on the form shall
include:
a. Title of continuing education activity;
b. Date(s);
c. Sponsor of the activity;
d. Board–approved sponsor number;
e. Number of continuing education hours earned; and
f. Teaching method used.
121.5(2) Audit of continuing education report. After
each educational biennium, the board will audit a percentage of the continuing
education reports before granting the renewal of licenses to those being
audited.
a. The board will select licensees to be audited.
b. The licensee shall make available to the board for auditing
purposes a copy of the certificate of attendance or verification for all
reported activities that includes the following information:
(1) Date, location, course title, schedule (brochure,
pamphlet, program, presenter(s)), and method of presentation;
(2) Number of contact hours for program attended;
and
(3) Copy of official transcript of college courses.
(4) For activities not provided by an approved sponsor, the
licensee shall submit a description of the program content which indicates that
the content is integrally related to the practice and contributes directly to
the provision of services to the public.
c. For auditing purposes, the licensee must retain the above
information for two years after the biennium has end–ed.
d. Submission of a false report of continuing education or
failure to meet continuing education requirements may cause the license to lapse
and may result in formal disciplinary action.
e. All renewal license applications that are submitted late
(after the end of the compliance period) may be subject to audit of the
continuing education report.
f. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the licensee of responsibility of meeting continuing education
requirements and submitting the renewal fee by the end of the compliance
period.
645—121.6(154A) Reinstatement of lapsed license.
Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after expiration date shall
cause the license to lapse. A person who allows the license to lapse cannot
engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations
governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the
license to lapse may apply to the board for reinstatement of the license.
Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the
applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
2. Pays all of the renewal fees then due, up to a maximum of
five bienniums;
3. Pays all penalty fees which have been assessed by the board
for failure to renew;
4. Pays reinstatement fees; and
5. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of Iowa
continuing education requirements during the period since the license lapsed.
The total number of continuing education hours required for license
reinstatement is computed by multiplying 32 by the number of bienniums since the
license lapsed. If the license has lapsed for three bienniums or less, the
applicant for reinstatement may, in lieu of submitting the required continuing
education, furnish evidence of successful completion, with a passing grade, of
the Iowa license examinations conducted within one year immediately prior to the
submission of the application for reinstatement. If the license has lapsed for
more than three bienniums, the applicant shall complete 96 hours of approved
continuing education.
6. If the applicant for reinstatement holds a current valid
hearing aid dealer’s license in another state whose requirements meet or
exceed the requirements of Iowa, the applicant shall submit:
• A written application on a
form provided by that state’s board;
• Proof of current valid
hearing aid dealer’s license;
• The current renewal
fee;
• The fee for failure to
renew; and
• Proof of continuing
education hours obtained equivalent to continuing education required in
Iowa.
645—121.7(154A,272C) Continuing education waiver for
active practitioners. A hearing aid dealer licensed to practice shall be
deemed to have complied with the continuing education requirements of this state
during the period that the licensee serves honorably on active duty in the
military services or as a government employee outside the United States as a
practicing hearing aid dealer.
645—121.8(154A,272C) Continuing education waiver for
inactive practitioners. A licensee who is not engaged in practice in the
state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of continuing education compliance and
obtain a certificate of exemption upon written application to the board. The
application shall contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in
practice as a hearing aid dealer in Iowa without first complying with all
regulations governing reinstatement after exemption. The application for a
certificate of exemption shall be submitted upon forms provided by the
board.
645—121.9(154A,272C) Continuing education waiver for
disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving
disability or illness, grant waivers of the minimum education requirements or
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports.
No waiver or extension of time shall be granted unless written application
therefor is made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee and
appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant a waiver of
the minimum educational requirements for any period of time not to exceed one
calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the
disability or illness upon which a waiver has been granted continues beyond the
period of waiver, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver. The
board may, as a condition of any waiver granted, require the applicant to make
up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational requirements waived by
such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
645—121.10(154A,272C) Reinstatement of inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of
compliance with these rules and obtained a certificate of exemption shall, prior
to engaging in practice as a hearing aid dealer in the state of Iowa, satisfy
the following requirements for reinstatement.
121.10(1) Submit written application for reinstatement
to the board upon forms provided by the board with appropriate reinstatement fee
and the current renewal fee.
121.10(2) Furnish evidence of completion of 32 hours
of approved continuing education per biennium up to a maximum of 64 hours of
continuing education. The continuing education hours must be completed within
the prior two bienniums of date of application for reinstatement.
121.10(3) Furnish in the application evidence of one
of the following:
a. Proof of current valid hearing aid dealer’s license
in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia and completion
of continuing education for each year of inactive status substantially
equivalent in the opinion of the board to that required under these rules;
or
b. Proof of successful completion, with a passing grade, of
the Iowa state license examination conducted within one year immediately prior
to the submission of the application for reinstatement.
645—121.11(272C) Hearings. In the event of
denial, in whole or part, of any application for approval of a continuing
education program or credit for continuing education activity, the applicant,
licensee or program provider shall have the right within 20 days after the
sending of the notification of denial by ordinary mail to request a hearing
which shall be held within 90 days after receipt of the request for hearing.
The hearing shall be conducted by the board or an administrative law judge
designated by the board, in substantial compliance with the hearing procedure
set forth in rule 645—11.9(17A).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 272C.2
and chapter 154A.
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
ARC 0105B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby amends Chapter 4,
“Contested Cases and Other Proceedings”; adopts a new Chapter 6,
“Occupational and Vendor Licensing”; amends Chapter 8, “Mutuel
Department,” and Chapter 10, “Thoroughbred Racing”; and
rescinds Chapter 12, “Simulcasting,” and Chapter 13,
“Occupational and Vendor Licensing,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Item 1 gives the gaming board and board of stewards the
ability to revoke an occupational license.
Item 2 adopts new Chapter 6 which incorporates rules on
occupational and vendor licensing from Chapter 13, which is rescinded in Item 9.
Many of the rules remain as they were in Chapter 13 but have been reorganized
within new Chapter 6. Duplicative rules have been removed and some rules were
rewritten to reflect current practice. Substantive changes from rescinded
Chapter 13 incorporated into new Chapter 6 are as follows:
– The term “association” was changed to
“facility” throughout the chapter.
– The terms “commission representative,”
“deceptive practice,” “facility,” and
“theft” are defined in rule 491— 6.1(99D,99F).
– Paragraph 6.2(1)“c” contains new
information required on the occupational license application.
– Paragraph 6.2(1)“g” states that
facilities will be directly billed for their employees’
license/fingerprint fees. This is current policy of the Commission and is now
being incorporated into this subrule.
– Subrule 6.2(6) clarifies when a fee free pass may be
used.
– Subparagraph 6.5(1)“d”(3) adds possession
of drug paraphernalia as a drug offense.
– Subparagraph 6.5(1)“d”(4) states that a
license will be denied if an applicant has a conviction involving theft or
fraudulent practice in excess of $100.
– Paragraph 6.5(3)“e” adds the term
deceptive practice.
– Paragraph 6.5(3)“m” adds the term
gambling game.
– Rule 491—6.6(99D,99F) outlines the conditions
that must be satisfied before an individual who has had a license denied,
revoked or suspended may reapply for a license.
– Subrule 6.9(2) requires the facility to provide a
weekly list of new employees who currently hold a license. This is the current
policy of the Commission and is now being incorporated into this rule.
– Paragraph 6.16(5)“b” clarifies that a
temporary license is valid for a maximum of one start per horse in an official
race.
– Subrule 6.23(2) is a new apprentice jockey rule to
mirror the Association of Racing Commissioners International uniform
rule.
– Rule 491—6.26(99D,99F) states that a practicing
veterinarian must have an unrestricted license issued by the state of Iowa
veterinary regulatory authority.
– Rule 491—6.27(99D,99F), which reflects a change
in alcohol and drug testing, applies to restricted areas in racing facilities
only.
Item 3 changes the title of Chapter 8 from “Mutuel
Department” to “Wagering and Simulcasting.”
Item 4 added definitions for “authorized
receiver,” “guest association,” “host
association,” “interstate simulcasting,” “intrastate
simulcasting,” “pari–mutuel output date,” and
“sales transaction data” to rule 491—8.1(99D).
Item 5 clarifies the rule with a reference to paragraph
8.2(4)“g.”
Item 6 incorporates into Chapter 8 rules about simulcasting
from rescinded Chapter 12. No substantive changes were made to the
rules.
Item 7 outlines a new jockey mount fee schedule.
Item 8 rescinds 491—Chapter 12.
Item 9 rescinds 491—Chapter 13.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the July 12, 2000,
Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9948A. The following changes have
been made to the Notice:
In rule 6.1(99D,99F), definition of “licensee,”
the phrase “excursion riverboat gambling” was changed to
“excursion boat gambling.”
In subrule 6.4(2), the phrase “the facility’s
system of internal controls” was removed as that wording is found in
another chapter.
The phrase “racing and gaming commission” was
changed to “commission” each time it appears in rules 491—
6.11(99D,99F,252J) and 491—6.12(99D,99F,261).
References to “stewards” were changed to
“gaming representative” in subrule 6.23(2).
A public hearing was held on August 1, 2000. No comments were
received.
These amendments will become effective October 11,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [4.7, Ch 6, 8.1, 8.2(3), 8.4, 8.5, 10.4(2), rescind Chs 12, 13]
is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 9948A,
IAB 7/12/00.
[Filed 8/18/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published
9/6/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
9/6/00.]
ARC 0096B
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
DIVISION[876]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 8,
“Substantive and Interpretive Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment specifies the amount of transportation expense
allowed for the use of a private auto for medical treatment or examination for a
work–related injury. The amendment changes the rate from 24 to 29 cents
per mile.
This amendment was previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the July 12, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9957A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published simultaneously as ARC 9958A.
Written comments were solicited until August 1, 2000. No
written comments on this amendment were received. The adopted amendment is
identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment will become effective October 11, 2000, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment is hereby
rescinded.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
85.27 and 85.39.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 876—8.1(85), paragraph
“2,” as follows:
2. All mileage incident to the use of a private auto. The
per–mile rate for use of a private auto shall be 24
29 cents per mile.
[Filed 8/17/00, effective 10/11/00]
[Published 9/6/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 9/6/00.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin

© 2000 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Sep 6 0:05:01 2000
URL: /Rules/2000/Bulletin/acb000906.html
sam